Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management - Bonds / Vitec Group plc / FY2009 Annual Report

Vitec Group plc
Annual Report 2009

VTC · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker VTC
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management - Bonds
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · Vitec Group plc
Loading PDF…
The Vitec Group plc
One Wheatfield Way
Kingston upon Thames, Surrey  
KT1 2TU United Kingdom

T +44 (0)20 8939 4650
F +44 (0)20 8939 4680

info@vitecgroup.com
www.vitecgroup.com

Registered in England no. 227691

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

Focused on growth

T
h
e
V
i
t
e
c
G
r
o
u
p
p
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

l

R
e
p
o
r
t

&
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

2
0
0
9

Designed by Design Motive 
Printed by Royle Print

It is important that our Annual Report is produced 
in an environmentally responsible manner. 

This Annual Report was printed by Royle Print 
Limited, a carbon-neutral printing company. It was 
originated, printed and bound on one production 
site and only required electric transportation 
between processes. Under the framework of ISO 
14001 Royle Print takes a structured approach 
to measure, improve and audit its environmental 
status on an ongoing basis. The main areas 
targeted for continual reduction arise from use 
of solvents, energy consumption and waste 
generation. The material used in this report is 
part 100% recycled and part Forest Stewardship 
Council (FSC) approved virgin fibre. Royle Print is 
also FSC chain-of-custody certified. 

When you have finished with this report please 
dispose of it in your recycled paper waste.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Vitec Group plc

Vitec is an international group 
principally serving customers  
in the broadcast, photographic 
and military, aerospace and 
government (MAG) markets. 
Vitec is based on strong, well 
known premium brands on 
which its customers worldwide 
rely. Vitec is organised in three 
Divisions: Imaging & Staging, 
Videocom and Services.

Imaging & Staging designs, 
manufactures and distributes 
equipment and accessories  
for professionals and keen 
amateurs in photography,  
video and events. 

Videocom designs and 
distributes systems and 
products used in broadcasting 
and live entertainment, film and 
video production and MAG.

Services provides equipment 
rental, workflow design and 
technical support for camera, 
video, audio, fibre optic and 
wireless technology used by 
TV production teams and  
film crews. 

More information can be  
found at our website:  
www.vitecgroup.com

Directors’ Report

  Highlights 

  Chairman’s Statement 

  Group Chief Executive’s Review 

  Financial Review 

Imaging & Staging Division 

  Videocom Division 

  Services Division 

 Key Performance Indicators 
and Other Measures 

  Board of Directors 

Remuneration Report  

Corporate Social Responsibility Report  

Corporate Governance  

Independent Auditors’ Report 

Consolidated Accounts 2009

  Consolidated Income Statement 

 Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income 

  Consolidated Balance Sheet 

 Consolidated Statement  
of Changes in Equity

  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows  

  Notes to the Consolidated Accounts  

Company Accounts 2009

  Company Balance Sheet 

 Reconciliation of Movements 
in Shareholders’ Funds 

  Notes to the Company Accounts 

  Five Year Financial Summary 

 Shareholder Information and 
Financial Calendar

01 

02 

04 

12 

16

18 

20

22  

24 

28 

36

40 

47 

48

49  

50

51  

52  

53  

92 

93  

94  

103

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Highlights

Key points

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

	Resilient	performance	in	Imaging	business,	helped	by	
growth	in	camera	bags	and	the	premium	Gitzo	brand

	Videocom	Division	severely	affected	by	economic	
downturn,	although	Litepanels	LED	business	
continued	growth	trend

	£21.9	million	cost	reduction	programme	fully	
implemented	-	at	a	cost	of	£10.9	million

	Excellent	cash	performance	from	enhanced	working	
capital	management

	Strong	balance	sheet:	net	debt	reduced	from	 
£53.0	million	to	£40.6	million

	Final	dividend	maintained	at	10.9p;	full	year	dividend	
maintained	at	18.3p

•	 Launch	of	three	core	market	strategy

Revenue  
£m

.

9
4
9
1

.

3
2
2
2

.

8
3
7
2

.

7
7
3
3

.

1
5
1
3

Operating profit*  
£m

.

0
0
2

.

2
5
2

.

6
2
3

.

4
8
3

.

5
4
2

Adjusted basic 
earnings per share*
pence

Net debt 
£m

.

0
6
2

.

3
5
3

.

0
6
4

.

9
5
5

.

5
6
3

4
5

.

.

9
8
1

.

4
8
3

.

0
3
5

.

6
0
4

5
0

6
0

7
0

8
0

9
0

5
0

6
0

7
0

8
0

9
0

5
0

6
0

7
0

8
0

9
0

5
0

6
0

7
0

8
0

9
0

Revenue

£315.1m

Operating profit*

£24.5m

Basic earnings per share*

Net debt

36.5p 

£40.6m 

*  Before significant items. Significant items are those items of financial performance that the directors consider should be separately disclosed to assist  

in the understanding of the underlying trading and financial performance achieved by the Group (see Note 5 to the Consolidated Accounts 2009)

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          01

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chairman’s	Statement

A	Group	full	of	potential

The	Group	has	responded	well	to	very	challenging	market	conditions	
leading	to	lower	volumes	by	reducing	costs	promptly	and	improving	cash	
control.	At	the	same	time	the	new	executive	team	has	prepared	for	the	
future	by	examining	the	structure	of	the	Group	and	setting	out	its	strategic	
direction	in	readiness	for	improving	markets.

Highlights	of	the	year	included:

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

	Resilient	performance	in	Imaging	business,	helped	by	
growth	in	camera	bags	and	the	premium	Gitzo	brand

	Videocom	Division	severely	affected	by	economic	
downturn,	although	Litepanels	LED	business	
continued	growth	trend

	£21.9	million	cost	reduction	programme	fully	
implemented	-	at	a	cost	of	£10.9	million

	Excellent	cash	performance	from	enhanced	working	
capital	management

	Strong	balance	sheet:	net	debt	reduced	from	 
£53.0	million	to	£40.6	million

	Final	dividend	maintained	at	10.9p;	full	year	dividend	
maintained	at	18.3p

•	 Launch	of	three	core	market	strategy

Our purpose

We	provide	vital	products	and	services	that	
support	the	capture	of	exceptional	images

02          The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial highlights
Revenue	was	£315.1	million	(2008:	
£337.7	million).	In	constant	currency	
revenue	was	19%	lower	due	particularly	to	
weak	broadcasting	markets,	the	effect	of	
which	on	both	gross	margin	and	operating	
profit	was	mitigated	strongly	and	decisively	
by	the	cost	reduction	actions	costing	 
£10.9	million	and	delivering	annualised	
benefits	of	£21.9	million	across	the	Group.	

Adjusted	earnings	per	share*	was	down	
35%	at	36.5p	(2008:	55.9p).

The	focus	on	cash	management	across	 
the	Group	has	resulted	in	strong	free	 
cash	generation	of	£22.7	million	(2008:	
£19.0	million),	further	strengthening	 
the	Group’s	balance	sheet.	Net	debt	 
at	31	December	2009	was	£40.6	million	
(2008:	£53.0	million).

Dividend
The	Board	is	recommending	an	
unchanged	final	dividend	of	10.9p	per	
share	(2008:	10.9p).	Subject	to	approval	
by	shareholders	at	the	Annual	General	
Meeting,	the	dividend	will	be	paid	on	20	
May	2010	to	shareholders	on	the	register	
at	the	close	of	business	on	23	April	2010.	
This	brings	the	full	year	dividend	to	18.3p	
(2008:	18.3p).

Board changes and employees  
Stephen	Bird	joined	the	Group	as	Group	
Chief	Executive	in	April	2009,	and	has	
successfully	worked	with	Richard	Cotton	
who	joined	as	Group	Finance	Director	
in	November	2008.	Together	they	have	
formed	a	strong	executive	leadership	team,	
which	has	provided	operational	focus	and	
a	good	performance	in	a	difficult	trading	
environment	during	2009,	as	well	as	the	
new	strategic	direction,	purpose	and	
priorities	clearly	articulated	at	our	 
Strategy	Day	in	October	2009.

The	Group	was	well	served	by	the	former	
executive	team	of	Gareth	Rhys	Williams	
(Group	Chief	Executive)	and	Alastair	
Hewgill	(Group	Finance	Director).	 
We	are	particularly	grateful	for	Alastair’s	
support	during	the	transition	between	
management	teams.

Throughout	the	Group,	decisive	actions	
have	been	taken	by	our	committed	teams	
and	this	has	delivered	a	good	performance	
in	difficult	conditions.	Decisions	regarding	
our	employment	levels	during	the	year	have	
been	addressed	with	fairness	and	integrity.	
We	thank	all	employees	for	their	endurance	
and	continuing	commitment	and	service	 
to	our	shareholders	and	customers.

The Vitec Mindset 
Our	people	are	the	key	to	Vitec’s	future.	
They	make	the	difference	not	only	by	what	
they	do,	but	by	how	they	do	it.	Their	attitude	
and	abilities,	talent	and	commitment	create	
a	Vitec	culture	that	naturally	supports	
product	excellence,	creative	solutions	and	
integrity.	But	alone	these	are	not	enough.	
In	order	to	be	successful,	it	is	imperative	
that	we	also	increase	our	levels	of	customer	
focus	and	collaboration.

Together	with	our	purpose	they	form	 
the	Vitec	Mindset,	governing	the	actions,	
decisions	and	business	practices	of	 
the organisation	and	all	those	who	 
work	within	it.

Outlook
2009	was	a	challenging	year.	However,	we	
produced	a	very	good	cash	performance,	
implemented	our	cost	reduction	programme	
and	launched	a	new	focused	strategy	
which	will	leverage	our	existing	strengths	
and	capabilities	into	higher	growth	markets.

The	last	quarter	of	2009	saw	our	markets	
stabilise,	following	a	significant	decline	in	
activity	in	the	first	half	and	this	stabilisation	
has	continued	into	the	current	financial	year.

We	believe	that	the	opportunities	in	our	
three	core	markets	will	allow	us	to	replace	
the	shortfall	arising	from	the	end	of	the	
BAS	contract,	but	we	expect	that	the	
trading	environment	will	remain	challenging	
in	2010.	However,	the	prompt	action	we	
took	last	year	to	manage	our	cost	base,	
combined	with	our	strong	balance	sheet	
and	clear	strategic	direction,	will	ensure	
that	the	Group	is	well	positioned	to	 
benefit	from	a	recovery	in	our	markets.

Michael Harper
Chairman

*  Before significant items. Significant items  

are those items of financial performance that  
the directors consider should be separately 
disclosed to assist in the understanding of the 
underlying trading and financial performance 
achieved by the Group (see Note 5 to the 
Consolidated Accounts 2009).

Our values

Product excellence
Everything	we	make	and	
do	is	exceptional.

Creative solutions
We	are	constantly	looking	
to	break	new	ground.

Integrity
What	you	see	is	 
what	you	get.

Customer focus
We	are	nothing	without	 
our	customers.

Collaboration
We	work	better	when	
we	work	together.

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          03

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group	Chief	Executive’s	Review

A	focused	approach	to	growth

In	2009	we	restructured	our	cost	base,	increased	the	focus	on	cash	management	
and	developed	a	clear	growth	strategy	focused	on	three	key	markets.	We	
continued	to	invest	in	product	development	and,	with	our	strong	products	and	
brands,	believe	we	are	well	positioned	to	take	advantage	of	a	market	recovery.	

Management processes
Through	the	development	of	our	
management	processes	we	have	created	
a	stronger	degree	of	autonomy	and	self	
determination	in	our	businesses	and	
Divisions	with	enhanced	accountability	and	
responsibility.	We	are	already	seeing	the	
benefits	of	improved	management	focus	
and	leadership	in	our	businesses.	Weekly	
reporting	underpins	this	increased	control	
in	the	business.

Clear	evidence	of	this	is	in	strong	cash	flow	
performance,	which	has	resulted	from	the	
implementation	of	weekly	cash	reporting	
and	forecasting,	and	tighter	reporting	and	
management	of	working	capital.	

I	am	pleased	with	the	overall	improvement	
in	Group	cohesion.	We	are	developing	a	
common	sense	of	purpose	and	mutual	
commitment	as	an	executive	team.	We	
are	well	advanced	in	the	development	
of	detailed	execution	plans	to	realise	our	
strategic	goals.

Cost reduction
Management	has	acted	decisively	to	
restructure	the	business	and	reduce	costs	
to	mitigate	the	effect	of	lower	volumes,	 
and	to	make	it	leaner	and	more	efficient.	
Great	care	has	been	taken	to	protect	
our	product	development	and	sales	
capabilities,	and	not	to	damage	our	 
ability	to	take	full	advantage	of	the	 
market	recovery	when	it	comes.	

In	aggregate,	the	Group	delivered	
restructuring	plans	this	year	which	will	save	
£21.9	million	per	annum,	approximately	
£17.0	million	of	which	has	benefitted	 
2009	and	all	of	which	will	benefit	2010.	 
The	measures	cost	a	total	of	£10.9	million	–	
all	of	which	was	charged	as	significant	items	 

Financial performance
Reported	revenue	declined	by	7%	to	
£315.1	million,	a	fall	of	19%	in	constant	
currency,	as	markets	contracted	as	a	
result	of	general	economic	weakness.	
The	decline	impacted	our	broadcast	
markets	most	severely,	resulting	in	a	25.8%	
constant	currency	decline	in	Videocom,	
and	a	24.2%	constant	currency	decline	
in	Services	revenues.	Within	our	Imaging	
&	Staging	Division,	Staging’s	markets	
were	also	strongly	impacted	but	Imaging’s	
markets	proved	more	resilient,	with	the	
Division	down	by	only	9.4%	in	constant	
currency	and	Imaging	down	only	2.4%.

36.5p	(2008:	55.9p).	EBITDA*	reduced	to	
£40.1	million	(2008:	£51.2	million)	reflecting	
the	decline	in	operating	profit*,	partially	
offset	by	an	increase	in	depreciation	to	
£15.6	million	(2008:	£12.8	million).

Cash	generation	was	very	strong.	
Deliberate	action	to	reduce	working	
capital	levels,	careful	deferral	of	capital	
investments	and	prudent	management	 
of	our	tax	positions	ensured	that	free	 
cash	of	£22.7	million	(2008:	£19.0	million)	
was	generated.	This	includes	the	outflow	 
of	£5.5	million	of	the	committed	
£10.9	million	in	restructuring	costs.

Operating	profit*	reduced	to	£24.5	million	
(2008:	£38.4	million)	as	volumes	remained	
under	pressure	throughout	the	year.	 
The	impact	was	mitigated	by	timely	
attention	to	cost	reductions	and	careful	
focus	on	gross	margins	which	reduced	by	
only	1.3	points	to	39.3%.	Profit	before	tax*	
was	£22.7	million,	down	from	£35.4	million	
in	2008.	Adjusted	earnings	per	share*	were	

The	Group’s	balance	sheet	has	
strengthened,	although	our	net	debt /	
EBITDA	ratio	remained	unchanged	at	 
1.0	times.	Net	debt	at	31	December	 
2009	reduced	to	£40.6	million	(2008:	
£53.0	million)	and	drawings	under	our	
£125	million	committed	banking	facility	
(which	extends	to	2013)	were	reduced	 
to	£52.7	million,	or	42.1%	(2008:	51.9%).

*  Before significant items. Significant items are those items of financial performance that the directors  
consider should be separately disclosed to assist in the understanding of the underlying trading and  
financial performance achieved by the Group (see Note 5 to the Consolidated Accounts 2009).

04          The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

in	2009.	Of	the	£10.9	million,	£5.5	million	
was	expended	in	2009	and	the	balance	 
will	be	expended	in	2010	and	beyond.

Some	of	the	cost	savings	were	capacity	
driven,	where	direct	and	indirect	headcount	
was	reduced	as	far	as	possible	in	line	 
with	volume	reductions.	Further	cost	
savings	arose	following	a	fresh	look	
at	the	cost	structure	and	will	allow	the	
business	to	be	run	more	effectively	and	
efficiently	in	the	future.	These	savings	will	
be	maintained	when	the	market	recovers.	
Other	savings	were	a	result	of	reductions	
in	discretionary	expenditure,	for	example	
marketing	expenses,	related	to	weaker	
economic	conditions.

Product development
In	2009,	despite	tough	market	conditions	
and	restructuring	of	the	business,	we	
have	managed	to	preserve	our	spend	of	
approximately	4%	of	sales	on	research	
and	development	and	we	will	continue	this	
level	of	commitment,	but	we	will	improve	
the	process	to	derive	greater	value	from	
this	investment.	We	are	focusing	our	finite	
resources	more	carefully	on	our	strategic	
aims,	whilst	reducing	the	amount	of	minor	
incrementalist	product	development	which	
adds	less	value	to	customers.

Three market strategy
Following	a	reappraisal	of	available	
markets,	we	unveiled	our	new	strategic	
direction	at	a	Strategy	Day	in	London	 
on	22	October	2009	(materials	and	 
video	are	available	on	our	website,	 
www.vitecgroup.com).

The	essence	of	this	strategic	direction	 
is	a	focus	on	three	markets	which	
will	provide	us	with	significant	growth	
opportunities	from	the	organic	development	
of	our	existing	capabilities	and	strengths.	
Those	three	markets	are:

1 Broadcast & video
Vitec	has	leading	brands	in	the	broadcast	
&	video	market	which	comprises	products	
and	services	aimed	at	television	networks	
and	production	(broadcast)	and	corporate,	
religious	and	educational	markets	(video).	
In	the	broadcast	segment,	we	will	continue	
to	maintain	our	premium	market	position	
and	share.	In	the	video	segment,	which	
we	expect	to	grow	faster,	we	will	develop	
specific	products	focused	on	the	needs	 
of	the	independent	cameraman.	

2 Photographic
Vitec	has	traditionally	supplied	its	
accessories	(tripods,	bags,	heads	and	
lighting	supports)	to	professional	and	
serious	amateur	photographers.	We	will	
continue	to	maintain	our	premium	market	
position	and	market	share	among	that	
user	group.	However,	recognising	that	
most	of	the	growth	in	digital	SLR	sales	
is	likely	to	be	among	non-professionals,	
Vitec	will	enter	new	segments	leveraging	
the	Manfrotto	brand.	This	will	entail	the	
development	of	an	integrated	range	of	
accessories	targeting	new	consumers	
and	channels.

3 Military, aerospace and government 
(MAG)
Having	established	our	microwave	
technology	as	the	brand	leader	in	the	US	
broadcast	market	in	the	last	two	years,	
we	intend	to	leverage	this	technology	into	
the	MAG	market,	which	we	have	identified	
as	an	attractive	opportunity	for	the	Group	
given	the	market	size,	forecast	growth	
rates	and	technology	fit.	

Stephen Bird
Group	Chief	Executive

3

>

market
strategy

Broadcast & video market

Photographic market

MAG market

Expected	growth	rate	 
2010-2012	

5%

Expected	growth	rate	 
2010-2012	

2-4%

Expected	growth	rate	 
2010-2012	

9%

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          05

Group	Chief	Executive’s	Review	continued

1

Opening	up	the
Broadcast	&	video	market

Vitec	currently	supplies	this	market	with	a	variety	of	accessories	for	the	
video	camera.	This	consists	of	camera	supports,	bags	and	teleprompters;	
batteries	and	chargers;	microwave	systems;	LED	lighting	and	intercom	
systems.	These	products	are	primarily	used	in	the	acquisition	and	capture	
segments	of	the	broadcast	production	chain.

The market

The market drivers

Vitec market position

The	broadcast	&	video	market	consists 
of	products	and	services	sold	into	two	
main	sectors:

•		Broadcast	–	used	primarily	in	television	
and	film	production.	The	end	customer	
is	often	a	television	network	or	systems	
integrator	acting	on	their	behalf	or	an	
independent	production	company.	We	
estimate	the	market	for	Vitec’s	products	
and	services	was	worth	£550	million	
in	2008	but	fell	25%	in	2009	to	around	
£420	million.	For	2010-12,	we	expect	 
this	sector	to	grow	2-3%	per	annum.

•		Video	–	used	in	video	production	where	
the	end	customer	is	not	a	broadcaster	
but	a	corporate,	educational,	religious,	
legislative	or	live	event	entity	or	an	
independent	videographer.	We	estimate	
this	market	was	worth	around	£200	million	
in	2008	and	fell	10%	in	2009	to	around	
£180	million.	For	2010-12,	we	expect	this	
sector	to	grow	at	least	10%	per	annum.

Advertising
In	the	broadcast	sector,	advertising	is	the	
main	source	of	revenue	for	commercial	
broadcasters.	Television	remains	the	 
largest	advertising	medium	and	is	forecast	
to	grow	4%	per	annum	for	2010-12.

HD transition and 3D 
The	HD	transition	in	the	broadcast	sector	
has	led	to	television	studios	and	outside	
broadcast	trucks	being	upgraded	to	handle	
HD	cameras	and	signals.	This	process	still	
has	some	way	to	go	as	more	than	half	of	
the	installed	base	of	cameras	still	need	to	
be	upgraded.	3D	has	emerged	recently	as	
another	opportunity	for	further	demand	for	
Vitec’s	products	as	new	heavier	supports	
are	needed	for	3D	cameras.

Proliferation of video creation and 
consumption
Cost-effective	production	technologies,	
the	increase	in	video-enabled	broadband	
and	mobile	devices	and	the	growth	in	
independent	content	producers	and	
owners	have	widened	the	number	of	
people	producing	high	quality	video.	 
It	is	no	longer	the	preserve	of	broadcasters	
as	corporate,	religious	and	educational	
establishments	and	other	entities	 
produce	their	own	content.

Supports 
With	our	multiple	brands,	Vitec	has	the	
premium	position	and	largest	market	share	
in	camera	supports	in	both	the	broadcast	
and	the	video	sectors.	

Mobile power 
Anton/Bauer	remains	the	leading	brand	
with	a	number	one	position	in	the	after-
market	for	camera	batteries	and	chargers	
in	the	broadcast	sector.

Microwave systems
Our	three	businesses	had	the	leading	
position	in	the	final	stages	of	the	now	
completed	BAS	relocation	project	in	the	
US	broadcast	sector.	They	also	occupy	the	
number	one	position	in	the	US	video	sector	
where	the	equipment	is	used	in	sports	and	
entertainment	venues.

LED lighting 
Litepanels	led	the	way	in	the	adoption	of	
LED	lighting	especially	in	“on	location”	
shots	in	the	broadcast	sector	and	in	the	
video	sector,	assisted	by	patents	in	the	
US.	As	LEDs	become	more	powerful,	
Litepanels	will	be	able	to	supply	an	
increasing	number	of	television	studios	 
in	the	broadcast	sector.

Communications
Clear-Com	is	the	leader	in	live	performance	
(the	video	sector)	and	is	now	well	positioned	
to	roll	out	its	VoIP	technology	to	the	
broadcast	sector	where	it	is	number	 
three	globally.

3 market

strategy

Expected	market	growth	rate

2010-2012	=	5%

06          The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
“We need to maximise our resources while minimising manual 
operation of the equipment – but at the same time, we insist on 
providing our viewers with top quality and exciting programming. 
Vinten Radamec is helping us to achieve just that, especially 
in the case of live sports broadcasts, which demand fast and 
reliable operation. Back in the studio, another robotics advantage 
is precise movement control for planned shots. We have found 
that Vinten Radamec Fusion robotic systems are the best fit for 
all aspects of our operation – from payload and effective remote 
control to general ease of operation.”

Dominic Leung
Managing Director of Television & Content, PCCW

Key strategies

Progress since October 2009

Our world class brands

In	the	broadcast	sector,	our	strategies	 
are	to:

Since	our	Strategy	Day	in	October	2009,	
we	have:	

Bags  
Petrol	Bags

•	maintain	our	market-leading	positions;

•		grow	market	share	with	our	acquisitions	

in	LED	lighting,	microwave	systems	
(outside	the	US),	and	in	supports	 
(in	robotics	and	teleprompters);	and

•		develop	an	enhanced	service	and	 

spares	business.

In	the	video	sector,	our	strategies	are	to:

•		expand	our	distribution	in	new	markets	
such	as	corporate	and	educational	
establishments;	and

•		introduce	further	new	products	tailored	
to	meet	the	needs	of	the	independent	
cameraman.

•		continued	to	broaden	the	range	of	LED	
products	supplied	and	identified	further	
opportunities	in	the	broadcast	&	video	
market	that	will	be	addressed	by	product	
launches	at	the	NAB	trade	show	in	 
April	2010;

•		grown	our	microwave	systems	business	
outside	the	US	with	key	wins	in	Brazil	 
and	China	and	recruited	a	Vice	President	
of	Asia	Sales	in	Singapore;	and

•		recruited	a	specific	team	to	develop	a	
range	of	“small	camera	accessories”	
targeted	at	the	growing	demand	for	
ergonomic	solutions	around	the	camera,	
which	will	also	be	launched	at	the	NAB	
trade	show	in	April.

Microwave 
Systems 
	Microwave	Service	
Company
Nucomm
	RF	Central

Camera
Accessories
OConnor

Communications
Clear-Com

Mobile Power
	Anton/Bauer

Equipment 
Rentals UK
The	Camera	Store

Prompters 
Autoscript

Lighting 
Anton/Bauer
	Litepanels 
Sachtler

Supports  
Manfrotto
OConnor
Sachtler 
Vinten 
Vinten	Radamec

LED lighting 
LED	lighting	is	leading	the	way	in	transforming	the	
way	HD	video	is	shot.	The	ability	to	control	precisely	
lighting	characteristics	and	in-built	features	together	
with	energy	savings	over	traditional	lighting	will	
ensure	continued	growth	in	LEDs.

Robotics
Robotics	are	at	the	forefront	in	the	drive	for	
greater	efficiency	in	the	broadcast	markets.	
The	ability	to	control	multiple	cameras	remotely	
provides	sustainable	competitive	advantage	for	
Vinten	Radamec.

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          07

 
Group	Chief	Executive’s	Review	continued

2

The	macro	potential	of	the
Photographic	market

Vitec	currently	supplies	this	market	with	a	variety	of	accessories	for	the	
photographic	camera.	This	currently	consists	of	tripods,	bags	and	lighting	
supports	manufactured	by	Vitec	and	third	party	products	(flashes	and	
lighting	controls	such	as	umbrellas	and	reflectors)	distributed	by	Vitec.	 
In	future	the	range	of	accessories	made	by	Vitec	is	likely	to	expand	to	
include	other	items	such	as	lights	under	the	Manfrotto	brand	name.

The market

The market drivers

Vitec market position

The	photographic	market	consists	of	
products	sold	into	two	main	sectors:

•		Professional	–	where	imaging	accessories	

are	sold	to	a	photographer	whose	
business	is	taking	photographs	for	a	
living.	We	estimate	that	the	professional	
sector	for	the	imaging	accessories	
supplied	by	Vitec	was	worth	some	
£375	million	in	2008	and	a	similar	size	in	
2009.	We	expect	the	professional	market	
to	grow	at	2%	per	annum	for	2010-12.

•		Non-professional	–	where	imaging	

accessories	are	sold	to	photographers	
who	have	a	keen	interest	in	photography	
or	simply	want	to	record	images.	We	
estimate	that	the	non-professional	sector	
for	the	imaging	accessories	supplied	
by	Vitec	was	worth	some	£455	million	
in	2008	and	a	similar	size	in	2009.	We	
expect	the	non-professional	market	to	
grow	at	4%	per	annum	for	2010-12.

Digital SLR unit sales 
In	recent	years,	digital	SLR	unit	sales	have	
been	driven	by	the	professional	sector	as	
photographers	have	moved	from	analogue	
to	digital	cameras.	For	the	next	few	years	
this	market	will	continue	to	enjoy	moderate	
growth	driven	by	innovation	such	as	
the	ability	to	shoot	high	definition	video.	
The	non-professional	sector	is	growing	
more	quickly	driven	by	a	new	generation	
of	consumers	upgrading	to	digital	SLR	
cameras	which	are	becoming	simpler	
and	cheaper.

Technology and social trends 
Digital	technology	is	facilitating	the	growth	
of	photography	as	a	hobby.	Image	sharing	
is	becoming	more	accessible	and	popular	
and	social	networking	internet	sites	have	
enabled	images	to	be	easily	transferred	
among	users.	In	addition,	there	is	an	
increasing	take	up	of	photography	as	a	
record	of	images	especially	by	women.

Supports 
With	our	Manfrotto	and	Gitzo	brands,	 
Vitec	has	the	premier	brands	in	photographic	
camera	supports	in	both	the	professional	
and	non-professional	sectors.	With	its	 
high	quality	and	innovative	products,	 
it	also	holds	clear	leadership	in	terms	 
of	market	share	(by	value).

Bags 
Currently	sold	under	the	Kata	name	and,	
under	licence,	under	the	National	Geographic	
name,	Vitec’s	brands	are	gaining	share	in	
this	large	product	category	in	both	the	
photographic	and	non-photographic	
sectors.	Further	growth	in	market	share	is	
expected	as	a	result	of	utilising	the	Manfrotto	
brand	in	this	product	category	as	part	of	
our	strategy	for	the	photographic	market.

Lighting
This	comprises	lighting	supports	and	 
LED	lighting.	In	lighting	supports,	which	 
are	predominantly	used	in	the	professional	
sector,	the	Manfrotto	brand	is	the	market	
leader.	Sales	of	LED	lighting	into	the	
photographic	market	are	in	their	infancy	 
as	the	industry	continues	to	rely	on	
traditional	lighting	technologies.	Vitec	
currently	distributes	third	party	flashes	 
and	lighting	controls.

3 market

strategy

Expected	market	growth	rate

2010-2012	=	2-4%

08          The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

“Manfrotto has been my trusted partner over thirty years of  
pro activity, delivering the best accessories in the market.  
Now I am collaborating with Manfrotto to develop new  
exciting products to bring the Manfrotto experience to  
a wider range of enthusiastic photographers.”

Bill Frakes
Professional photographer

Key strategies

Progress since October 2009

Our world class brands

In	the	professional	sector,	our	strategies	
are	to:

Since	our	Strategy	Day	in	October	2009,	
we	have:	

•		conducted	further	research	with	focus	
groups	to	refine	the	product	and	brand	
positioning	needed	to	broaden	our	
customer	reach,	which	has	confirmed	
our	view	of	the	market	potential;	and

•	started	the	development	of	an	integrated	

range	of	tripods,	bags	and	lighting	
products	under	the	Manfrotto	brand.

•		maintain	our	market	position	with	

professionals;	and

•		expand	geographically	our	own	

distribution	(under	Manfrotto	Distribution).

In	the	non-professional	sector,	our	
strategies	are	to:

•		grow	the	Manfrotto	brand	into	adjacent	

products	to	the	existing	camera	supports	
by	producing	an	integrated	range	of	
photographic	accessories	(camera	
supports,	bags	and	LED	lighting)	 
under	its	name;	and

•		increase	the	penetration	of	photographic	

accessories	among	this	sector	by	
expanding	sales	in	newer	channels	 
(such	as	consumer	electronics	chains	
and	online	retailers)	and	developing	
products	relevant	to	their	needs.

Supports
Avenger
Gitzo
Manfrotto

Bags
Kata
Manfrotto
National	Geographic*

Distribution
Manfrotto	Distribution

* Manufactured	and	distributed	under	licence

Manfrotto powerbrand
The	Manfrotto	brand	capitalises	on	40	years	of	
experience	in	the	professional	photo	and	video	
accessory	markets.	It	is	now	launching	new	
consumer-friendly	products	across	multiple	 

categories	to	help	people	express	their	creativity	 
by	making	qualitative	digital	image	capturing	 
easier	and	more	fun,	whatever	their	level	of	
technical	expertise.

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          09

 
Group	Chief	Executive’s	Review	continued

3

Targeting	the
MAG	market

Vitec	currently	supplies	the	military,	aerospace	and	government	
(MAG)	market	with	a	variety	of	equipment	but	our	primary	focus	in	
future	will	be	on	the	supply	of	microwave	equipment.	This	currently	
consists	of	transmitters	and	receivers	manufactured	by	Vitec	that	
enable	video	signals	to	be	sent	wirelessly	for	up	to	30	miles.

The market

The market drivers

Vitec market position

The	MAG	market	consists	of	products	 
sold	into	the	following	main	sectors:

•	Law enforcement	-	where	microwave	
equipment	is	sold	to	police	forces	and	
other	similar	agencies	to	enable	them	 
to	receive	and	transmit	video	signals	
from,	for	example,	helicopters	to	 
mobile	command	centres	and	 
ground	patrols;	and

•	Military vehicles	-	where	microwave	

equipment	is	used	in	both	manned	and	
unmanned	applications	to	recognise	 
and	assess	threats	more	effectively.	

We	estimate	that	the	global	MAG	market	
for	the	microwave	equipment	currently	
manufactured	by	Vitec	was	worth	some	
£500	million	in	2009.	We	expect	this	sector	
to	grow	at	9%	per	annum	for	2010-12.	

Law enforcement 
The	ability	of	police	forces	to	assess	
situations	and	thus	act	accordingly	is	
enhanced	by	the	use	of	video,	for	example	
during	disasters	or	crowd	control.

Another	major	driver	of	growth	will	be	 
the	supply	of	various	US	agencies	with	
surveillance	equipment	over	the	next	 
three	years.

Military vehicles 
The	main	growth	drivers	in	this	sector	are:

•	Increased	use	of	unmanned	vehicles,	
whether	in	the	air,	on	the	ground	or	in	
the	water	to	minimise	loss	of	human	life	
when	assessing	potential	threats;	and	

•	Increased	situational	awareness	for	
armed	forces	in	manned	vehicles	 
(for	example	in	convoys)	where	video	
enhances	the	ability	to	deploy	troops	
more	effectively.	

Whilst	Vitec	served	the	MAG	market	
opportunistically	through	its	supports	and	
communications	business	units	within	the	
Videocom	Division,	it	has	increased	its	
capabilities	with	the	acquisition	of	the	RF	
Extreme	microwave	businesses	in	2007.

Although	it	is	in	its	infancy	in	serving	the	
MAG	market	with	microwave	equipment,	
we	believe	we	have	the	competencies	to	
succeed	in	the	market,	namely:

•	Technological	superiority	–	with	the	
highest	quality	video	with	robust	
reception	and	compact	design	solution;

•	Corporate	track	record	–	with	significant	

traction	gained	from	approximately	 
$10	million	of	orders	in	the	first	year;

•	Knowledge	of	the	industry,	its	players	 

and	their	needs	–	with	the	recruitment	of	 
a	specific	team	with	over	150	man	years	
of	experience	in	the	MAG	market;	and

•	Specialist	development	capability	–	 

with	rapid	custom	prototyping	built	on	 
an	easily	scalable	technology	platform.

3 market

strategy

Expected	market	growth	rate

2010-2012	=	9%

10          The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

“We are seeing a significant growth in our micro and small 
unmanned ground systems business thanks to our teaming  
efforts with Vitec Group’s RF Extreme.”

Chris Vilter 
Vice President, MacroUSA & Force Products Group, Inc.

Key strategies

Progress since October 2009

Vitec brands for the MAG market

Microwave Systems
	Nucomm
RF	Central 

In	the	law	enforcement	sector,	our	strategies	
are	to:	

Since	our	Strategy	Day	in	October	2009,	
we	have:

•		expand	our	initial	contract	wins	to	other	
police	departments	around	the	US;	and

•		supply	to	various	agencies	miniature	

versions	of	our	microwave	technology.

In	the	military	vehicle	sector,	our	strategies	
are	to:

•	enhance	our	range	of	microwave	

products	aimed	at	this	sector;	and	

•	focus	on	certain	projects,	especially	
unmanned	ground	vehicles	(robots).

•		undertaken	a	further	review	of	actual	 
and	potential	military	programmes,	 
which	has	confirmed	our	confidence	in	 
the	potential	market	for	our	products;

•		supplied	our	products	for	use	in	an	
unmanned	vehicle	application	by	a	
military	customer,	and	continued	to	
showcase	our	technology	to	a	variety	 
of	governmental	agencies,	armed	forces	
and	purchasers	to	develop	credibility	 
in	the	military	markets;	and

•		continued	to	supply	to	a	variety	of	law	

enforcement	agencies	in	the	US.

Law enforcement 
Under	the	Nucomm	and	RF	Central	brands	Vitec	 
is	leading	the	technology	development	in	ever	
increasing	video	quality,	robust	and	low-latency

transmission	and	secure	encryption	demands	in	
mission	critical	applications	such	as	police	surveillance.

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          11
The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          11

Financial	Review

Pulling	out	all	the	stops

In	2009	we	responded	decisively	to	the	economic	downturn	with	 
a	£10.9	million	cost	reduction	programme	generating	£21.9	million	of	
annualised	benefits.	We	also	tightened	our	cash	and	working	capital	
management,	which	contributed	to	a	£12.4	million	reduction	in	net	debt.	

Revenue 
Revenue	decreased	by	£22.6	million	to	
£315.1	million,	a	decline	of	6.7%	in	the	 
year.	After	deducting	£51.7	million	(12.4%)	
for	favourable	foreign	exchange,	there	was	
a	£75.9	million	(19.5%)	decrease	in	organic	
revenue.	Acquisitions	made	part	way	 
through	2008	contributed	£1.6	million	
(0.4%),	net	of	the	IFF	disposal.	

Operating	profit	before	significant	items*	
was	£24.5	million,	36.2%	lower	than	2008.	
The	Group’s	operating	profit	margin	fell	
from	11.4%	to	7.8%,	reflecting	the	volume	
reductions	from	weaker	markets,	notably	
broadcasting.	Before	beneficial	foreign	
currency	effects	of	£10.5	million	over	the	
year,	the	decrease	in	operating	profit*	 
was	54.2%. 

Operating profit 
The	table	below	sets	out	an	analysis	of	 
the	decline	in	operating	profit	before	
significant	items*	between	2008	and	 
2009.	The	variances	are	based	on	
management’s	best	estimates	and	 
are	not	a	statutory	presentation.

Operating profit before  
significant items*

2008-09 Variance Analysis (£m)

2008	Operating	profit* 
Gross	margin	effects:	
-	Volume,	mix	and	efficiency	
-	Sales	price	less	cost	inflation	
Operating	expenses	

Acquisitions/disposal	
Foreign	exchange	effects:	
-	Translation	
-	Transaction	after	hedging	

2009 Operating profit* 

38.4

(40.4)
2.7
13.0
(24.7)
0.3

6.6
3.9
10.5
24.5

Profit	before	tax	before	significant	items*	
was	£22.7	million,	down	from	£35.4	million	
in	2008.	Adjusted	earnings	per	share	before	
significant	items*	was	36.5p	(2008:	55.9p).

Net financial expense
Net	financial	expense	before	significant	
items*	totalled	£1.8	million	(2008:	
£3.0	million)	and	decreased	principally	
because	of	low	interest	rates	and	lower	
levels	of	borrowing	across	the	year.

Taxation
The	effective	taxation	rate	on	operating	
profit	after	net	finance	expense	but	before	
significant	items*	was	32%	(2008:	34%).	
The	Group’s	tax	charge	is	higher	than	the	
UK	statutory	rate	because	the	majority	of	 
its	profits	arise	in	overseas	jurisdictions	 
with	higher	tax	rates.

Significant items
These	comprise	restructuring	costs	of	 
£10.9	million	(2008:	£nil)	in	line	with	
estimates	announced	earlier	in	the	year,	
office	relocation	expenses	of	£1.5	million	
(2008:	£nil)	and	loss	on	disposal	of	IFF	 
of	£0.7	million	(2008:	£nil).	

Group	revenue

£315.1m
down	7%

Group	operating	profit*

Group	earnings	per	share*

£24.5m
down	36.2%

36.5p
down	35%

12          The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
The	amortisation	of	acquired	 
intangibles	increased	to	£8.5	million	 
(2008:	£7.1	million)	mainly	due	to	the	 
full-year	effect	of	Litepanels	(acquired	in	
August	2008)	and	has	been	included	in	
significant	items*.	The	annual	impairment	
review	of	goodwill	led	to	no	impairment	
charge	in	2009	(2008:	£2.1	million	for	
Tomcat	Global).	

There	was	no	provision	charged	against	
equity	accounted	investments	in	2009	
(2008:	£1.3	million	for	Media	Numerics)	 
nor	profit	on	sale	of	property	(2008:	 
£0.3	million)	which	were	also	included	 
in	significant	items*	in	the	prior	year.

Finance	income	included	in	significant	
items*	consisted	of	a	£0.7	million	gain	
(2008:	£0.3	million	gain)	due	to	currency	
movements	on	loans	not	accounted	 
for	as	net	investment	hedges.

The	tax	credit	of	£8.6	million	(2008:	 
£6.6	million)	relates	to	deferred	tax.

Acquisitions/disposal
There	were	no	acquisitions	in	2009	 
(2008:	£9.7	million)	but	there	were	earn	 
out	payments	relating	to	acquisitions	 
made	in	prior	years	of	£3.0	million	 

Figure 1 – Earn out payments for previous acquisitions

Acquisition	
date	

31	Oct	06	
01	Feb	07	
21	Aug	08	
10	Oct	08	

Acquisition 
consideration 
for	cash	£m		

1.0	
0.1	
1.8	
0.1	

3.0

Earn	out	period

2007-08
2007-08
2008-11
2008-11

EBITDA*	reduced	to	£40.1	million	 
(2008:	£51.2	million)	reflecting	the	 
decline	in	operating	profit*,	partially	 
offset	by	an	increase	in	depreciation	 
to	£15.6	million	(2008:	£12.8	million).

Working	capital	(Q4	average	inventory,	
trade	and	other	receivables,	trade	and	
other	payables,	derivative	financial	
instruments	and	current	provisions)	
decreased	as	a	percentage	of	annualised	
Q4	revenue	to	16.4%	(2008:	17.7%)	 
due	largely	to	enhanced	controls,	 
more	than	offsetting	the	unwinding	 
of	RF	Extreme’s	BAS	deferred	revenue.	

Business	

Autoscript		
Staging	SK		
Litepanels	
Talkdynamics	

Division	

Videocom	
Imaging	&	Staging	
Videocom	
Videocom	

Total acquisition consideration in 2009   

(2008:	£2.1	million).	These	payments	 
are	detailed	in	Figure	1.	The	disposal	of	 
IFF	generated	£0.7	million	net	proceeds	
(2008:	£nil).

Cash flow and net debt 
Cash	generated	from	operations	 
was	strong	at	£42.8	million	(2008:	 
£44.3	million),	despite	weaker	sales	 
and	operating	margin	and	restructuring	
costs,	as	working	capital	management	 
was	enhanced	and	delivered	strong	 
cash	benefits.	

Improvements	in	working	capital	were	 
the	main	contributors	to	the	increased	 
free	cash	flow	of	£22.7	million	(2008:	 
£19.0	million)	which	also	benefitted	from	
lower	capital	expenditure	and	lower	 
tax	payments.	

Revenue by Division

Revenue by destination

Imaging & Staging Division
£141.8m

Services Division 
£26.3m

Videocom Division 
£147.0m

Rest of Europe
£74.9m

UK
£21.6m

Rest of World
£51.5m

Americas
£167.1m

*		Before	significant	items.	Significant	items	are	those	items	of	financial	performance	that	the	directors	
consider	should	be	separately	disclosed	to	assist	in	the	understanding	of	the	underlying	trading	and	
financial	performance	achieved	by	the	Group	(see	Note	5	to	the	Consolidated	Accounts	2009).

The Vitec Group plc	Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2009										13

 
	
	
	
	
	
 
Financial	Review	continued

Inventory	decreased	by	£24.5	million	to	
£51.9	million	at	the	year	end,	reflecting	
lower	activity	and	holding	levels	-	inventory	
days	reduced	to	97	(2008:	118	days).	
Trade	receivables	decreased	with	the	lower	
revenue	and	were	£35.0	million	as	at	the	
year	end	(2008:	£46.6	million)	and	debtor	
days	improved	to	41	(2008:	44	days).	
Creditor	days	also	reduced	to	41	(2008:	
44).	Inventory,	debtor	and	creditor	days	 
are	stated	in	constant	currency	at	year	 
end	exchange	rates;	inventory	and	creditor	
days	are	based	on	Q4	cost	of	sales	
(excluding	exchange	gains/losses)	while	
debtor	days	are	based	on	Q4	revenue.

The	cost	reduction	programme	costing	
£10.9	million	in	the	year	resulted	in	 
cash	outflows	of	£5.5	million	in	2009.	 
The	remainder	will	be	spent	in	2010	 
and	beyond.

Capital	expenditure	including	capitalised	
development	costs	and	financial	investments	
totalled	£15.3	million	(2008:	£17.6	million),	
of	which	£7.2	million	(2008:	£4.7	million)	
related	to	rental	assets,	partly	financed	by	
the	proceeds	from	rental	asset	disposals	 
of	£1.5	million	(2008:	£1.7	million).

Tax	paid	in	2009	of	£4.3	million	was	
significantly	lower	than	2008	(£6.7	million),	
mainly	due	to	the	lower	profit	and	 
timing	effects.

The	Group’s	strong	free	cash	flow	resulted	
in	a	material	decrease	in	net	debt	to	 
£40.6	million	(2008:	£53.0	million).	

Treasury
Financing,	currency	hedging	and	tax	
planning	are	managed	centrally.	Hedging	
activities	are	designed	to	protect	profits,	
not	to	speculate.	Any	substantial	changes	
which	are	planned	to	the	financial	structure	
of	the	Group	or	to	its	treasury	practice	are	
first	referred	to	the	Board	for	approval.

The	Group	operates	strict	controls	 
over	all	treasury	transactions	involving	 
dual	signatures	and	appropriate	
authorisation	limits.	

As	in	previous	years,	a	portion	of	the	
transactions	of	subsidiaries	in	foreign	
currencies	is	hedged,	with	the	US	Dollar	
contracts	as	at	31	December	2009	in	 
Figure	2.	

was	£1.6	million	(2008:	£3.1	million),	
reflecting	lower	interest	rates	and	lower	
debt	over	the	year.	Net	interest	cover	(using	
operating	profit	before	significant	items*)	
remained	high	at	15	times	(2008:	12	times).	

With	regard	to	the	management	of	capital,	
the	Group’s	primary	objective	is	to	ensure	
its	continuance	as	a	going	concern.	 
In	respect	of	gearing,	the	Board	seeks	 
to	maintain	an	efficient	capital	structure	
without	exposing	the	Group	to	unnecessary	
levels	of	risk;	the	Group	has	operated	
comfortably	within	its	loan	covenants	 
during	2009.	The	Board	believes	the	 
current	capital	structure	is	appropriate	for	
the	Group,	bearing	in	mind	its	current	strong	
cash	generation,	dividend	policy	and	its	
typical	ongoing	level	of	acquisition	activity.

The	Group	does	not	hedge	the	translation	
of	its	foreign	currency	profits.	A	proportion	
of	the	Group’s	foreign	currency	net	
assets	are	hedged	using	normal	Group	
borrowings	and	forward	contracts.

Financing activities 
The	Group’s	principal	financing	facility	
is	a	five-year	£125	million	committed	
multicurrency	revolving	loan	agreement	
involving	five	banks,	expiring	on	8	August	
2013.	At	the	end	of	December	2009	 
£52.7	million	(2008:	£64.9	million)	of	 
the	facility	was	utilised.

UK pensions
At	the	end	of	2003	the	Group	closed	 
both	of	its	UK	defined	benefit	schemes	 
to	new	members.	

Since	2004	a	Group	personal	pension	 
plan	has	been	made	available	for	 
new	employees	with	Standard	Life.	 
In	November	2005	the	defined	benefit	
schemes	were	merged.	As	at	31	
December	2009	the	number	of	active	
members	in	the	merged	scheme	was	 
130	(2008:	158).	Total	scheme	members	
were	645	(2008:	643).

The	average	cost	of	borrowing	for	the	
year	was	1.4%	(2008:	4.0%)	reflecting	the	
worldwide	downward	movement	in	interest	
rates.	Net	interest	cost	(consisting	of	net	
interest	payable	and	commitment	fees)	 

A	triennial	actuarial	valuation	was	undertaken	
as	at	5	April	2007.	This	was	agreed	by	the	
Company	and	the	Trustees	on	4	July	2008.

Figure 2 – Currency hedging

(Currency	m)	

US Dollars sold for Euros 
Forward	contracts	
Options	(1) 

US Dollars sold for Sterling 
Forward	contracts	

Options	

December  
2009 

Average	
rate	

December	
2008	

Average 
rate

$29.3 
$7.3 

$29.9 

$nil 

1.37	
1.45	

1.59	

-	

$10.0	
$24.7	

$8.3	

$6.7	

1.26
1.50

1.51

1.85

(1)	Includes	cylinder	options	in	2008,	where	the	mid-point	of	range	is	taken

14										The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategy
The	business	growth	opportunities	outlined	
in	the	strategic	direction	communicated	
by	the	Group	in	October	2009	are	based	
on	market	research	commissioned	by	
the	Group	with	external	experts.	There	
is	the	risk	that	the	sampling	data	used	in	
this	research	is	unrepresentative	of	the	
population.	Success	with	the	MAG	strategy	
is	significantly	dependent	on	continuing	
government	funding	in	the	targeted	 
areas.	In	both	the	photographic	and	 
MAG	strategies	there	is	execution	risk	 
in	successful	delivery	of	appropriate	
products	to	the	market.

Richard Cotton
Group	Finance	Director

The	Group’s	UK	defined	benefit	pension	
liabilities	under	IAS	19	(amended)	as	at	
31	December	2009	were	estimated	by	
the	Group’s	actuaries	to	be	£47.1	million	
(2008:	£35.2	million)	with	a	deficit	of	 
£6.1	million	(2008:	£0.4	million).	Whilst	
the	asset	value	has	grown	to	£41.0	million	
(2008:	£34.8	million),	the	pension	liabilities	
have	increased	by	a	greater	amount	due	
largely	to	lower	bond	yield	rates	assumed	
in	the	discounting	assumptions.

Post balance sheet events
The	financial	statements	were	authorised	
for	issue	by	the	Board	on	1	March	2010.		
There	were	no	events	after	the	balance	
sheet	date	that	required	disclosure.

Principal risks and uncertainties

US market
53%	of	2009	revenue	was	from	the	
Americas,	principally	the	US,	so	the	
Group	remains	susceptible	to	any	major	
deterioration	in	demand	for	its	products	
and	services	from	US	customers.	It	is	
difficult	to	mitigate	this	risk	but	the	Group	
seeks	to	reduce	its	dependence	on	the	
US	by	actively	widening	its	sales	and	
distribution	activities,	particularly	into	Asia.

Foreign exchange
The	great	majority	of	the	Group’s	profit	
is	earned	in	overseas	currencies	and	
is	therefore	subject	to	translation	risk	if	
Sterling	strengthens.	To	mitigate	this,	 
a	proportion	of	the	Group’s	foreign	
currency	net	assets	are	hedged	using	
normal	Group	borrowings	and	forward	
contracts.	In	addition,	many	of	the	Group’s	
businesses	sell	worldwide	from	various	
countries	of	manufacture,	so	the	Group	
is	subject	to	transaction	risk,	particularly	
that	of	a	weaker	US	Dollar.	The	Group	
partially	hedges	its	major	foreign	exchange	
receipts	by	selling	currency	12-18	months	
forward	on	a	rolling	basis.	In	addition	the	
Group	seeks	to	outsource	parts,	where	
appropriate,	to	low-cost	countries,	whose	
currencies	are	frequently	either	Dollar-
denominated	or	linked	to	the	Dollar.

Markets
The	Group’s	Videocom	and	Services	
Divisions	are	at	risk	from	a	reduction	in	
the	capital	expenditure	requirements	of	its	
broadcast	customers	and,	in	the	US,	their	
rental	requirements.	This	dependence	is	
changing	as	broadcasting	moves	from	TV	
to	delivery	by	other	modes	such	as	internet	
and	mobile	services.	To	mitigate	this,	the	
Group	markets	its	products	and	services	
to	all	of	these	producers	of	broadcast	
video	material,	as	well	as	to	the	religious,	
corporate	and	government	sectors.	

With	the	acquisition	of	RF	Extreme,	 
the	Group	has	benefitted	from	the	BAS	
relocation	project,	which	entails	the	
conversion	of	part	of	the	microwave	
spectrum	that	broadcasters	use,	from	
analogue	to	digital	technology.	Whilst	there	
was	further	revenue	from	this	project	in	
2009,	product	shipments	on	the	project	
have	now	completed	and	the	business	 
will	need	to	generate	other	revenue	in	 
the	US	and	abroad	to	mitigate	this	
reduction	in	sales.

Imaging	products	are	principally	used	by	
both	professionals	and	keen	amateurs.	
Whilst	sales	of	digital	cameras	are	forecast	
to	continue	to	grow,	there	is	a	risk	that	
recessionary	conditions	may	lead	to	
adverse	sales	pressures	in	these	markets.

Low-cost competition
The	Group	is	at	risk	from	low-cost	
competitors	who	may	sell	similar	
products	at	lower	prices,	particularly	for	
higher	volume	items	such	as	the	simpler	
photographic	tripods.	While	the	Group	
also	sources	those	cheaper	products	from	
lower-cost	countries,	it	combats	this	threat	
by	patenting	its	technologies	wherever	
possible	and	taking	action	against	any	
infringement,	continuously	innovating	its	
products	and	employing	its	significant	
marketing	and	distribution	capabilities.

The Vitec Group plc	Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2009										15

Operational	Review

Imaging	&	Staging	Division

The Imaging & Staging Division has a strong reputation with two main groups of 
creative professionals: photographers and videographers, whether they are shooting 
commercially, independently or for pleasure; live and corporate event production and 
touring bands who need versatile trussing and staging sets. 

Francesco Bernardi
Divisional	Chief	Executive

Markets

The	photographic	market	–	the	primary	
market	for	the	Division	–	proved	more	
resilient	than	others,	particularly	in	the	
hobbyist/keen	amateur	segments.	Our	
camera	supports	business	saw	a	marginal	
reduction	in	volumes,	although	the	premium	
Gitzo	brand	delivered	growth	and	our	bags	
business	grew	more	than	20%	compared	
with	last	year,	as	it	continued	to	expand	
sales	and	take	market	share.	According	
to	the	Japanese	Camera	and	Imaging	
Products	Association	(CIPA),	shipment	of	
digital	SLR	cameras	in	2009	was	up	just	
2%	on	2008,	at	around	10	million	pieces,	
after	several	years	of	growth	of	over	30%	
year	on	year.	CIPA	forecasts	the	digital	
SLR	market	to	resume	expansion	in	2010,	
growing	by	11%.

In	other	markets	–	supports	for	video,	
lighting	and	cine/films	applications	–	
volumes	were	affected	more	by	economic	
weakness,	although	we	retained	our	
market	shares.	Expenditure	in	the	live	
and	corporate	events	market,	where	our	
Litec	and	Tomcat	brands	operate,	was	
significantly	affected	by	the	economic	
downturn	with	a	consequent	reduction	
of	our	volumes.	However,	the	touring	
industries	sector	proved	resilient,	enabling	
our	Brilliant	Stages	business	to	make	
significant	gains.

Operations

Revenue	for	2009	was	£141.8	million,	 
an	increase	of	4.4%	over	2008	(a	decrease	
of	9.4%	in	constant	currency).	Operating	
profit*	rose	13.5%	to	£17.7	million	(a	
decrease	of	10.8%	in	constant	currency)	
due	to	the	positive	exchange	rate	effect,	a	
reduction	in	capacity	and	cost	containment	
implemented	across	the	businesses.	

The	Division	delivered	strong	cash	
generation	especially	from	working	capital	
management,	in	particular	inventory,	as	a	
consequence	of	logistics	centralisation.	

The	Supports	business	held	up	well	
in	difficult	market	conditions	by	taking	
advantage	of	its	strengthened	lightweight	
compact	systems	offer,	which	is	particularly	
suited	to	compact	digital	SLR	and	HD	
video	cameras.	It	launched	22	new	
products	throughout	the	year,	with	the	 
new	MY	tripod	family,	new	Manfrotto	centre	
ball	heads	and	Gitzo	Ocean	offerings	being	
particularly	well	received.	

The	Bags	business	delivered	another	 
year	of	strong	growth,	successfully	
expanding	the	Kata	and	National	
Geographic	collections	and	increasing	
market	penetration	in	both	existing	and	
new	regions.	The	business	continued	 
to	introduce	successful	models	and	
leveraged	existing	distribution	synergies	
within	the	Division.	

Manfrotto	Distribution	(previously	known	
as	Bogen	Imaging)	reported	a	growth	in	
sales	due	to	favourable	exchange	rates	
and	good	results	in	Europe.	Manfrotto	
Distribution	UK	had	an	outstanding	year	
despite	the	economy,	while	Japan	and	
the	US	held	up	well,	operating	in	markets	
particularly	affected	by	the	general	
economic	climate.	

It	was	a	difficult	year	for	Staging,	with	 
the	live	event	market	which	it	serves	
experiencing	a	sharp	decline.	We	
undertook	decisive	restructuring	action	 
to	reduce	the	operating	cost	base.	 
This	resulted	in	a	significant	reduction	 
in	the	direct	and	indirect	workforce,	as	 
we	positioned	the	business	optimally	for	
the	recovery	of	the	market.	This	process	
included	the	disposal	of	IFF	in	March	and	
the	move	of	more	production	to	Slovakia.

Divisional	sales

£141.8m

Up

+4.4%

16										The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

Case study 1: Gitzo Ocean tripod
Gitzo	has	unveiled	the	world’s	first	stainless	steel	
tripod.	Perfect	for	extreme	climates	and	adverse	
elements,	the	Ocean	Traveler	combines	new	
features	expressly	designed	to	handle	hostile	
environments	–	like	salt	water,	sand,	mud	and	
high	humidity	levels	–	with	all	the	compactness	
of	the	Traveler	family.	

Case study 2: Manfrotto at MoMA (NY)
The	Museum	of	Modern	Art	(MoMA)	in	New	
York	has	recently	acquired	two	of	Manfrotto’s	
historical	products	(Autopole®	and	Superclamp®)	
for	its	collection.	For	Manfrotto	it	is	a	significant	
distinction	and	an	important	example	of	
premium	quality	integrated	with	Italian	design.

Key achievements

•	 	Review	of	our	current	strategy	resulted	in	the	‘Manfrotto	

Powerbrand’	plan.

•	 	Successful	penetration	of	fast-growing	consumer	electronic	 

and	e-tailing	channels.

•	 	Italian	plant	relocation	and	rationalisation,	as	well	as	consolidation	 

of	European	logistics.

•	 	Kata	3N1-30	won	Best	Camera	Bag	in	Gear	of	the	Year	Awards	

organised	by	the	two	biggest	UK	photo	magazines.

•	 	Two	new	own-distribution	companies	will	start	operations	in	2010	 

in	China	and	Hong	Kong.

£141.8m

£135.8m

£17.7m

Our brands

Supports 
Avenger  
Gitzo 
Manfrotto

Bags 
Kata 
Manfrotto 
National 
Geographic*

Distribution 
Manfrotto 
Distribution

Staging 
Brilliant Stages 
Litec 
Tomcat

£15.6m

*		Manufactured	and	

distributed	under	licence

Revenue

2009

2008

Operating profit*

2009

2008

Operating margin*

2009

2008

12.5%

11.5%

Case study 3: Kata Bags 
Given	the	difficult	market	conditions	for	2009,	
the	Kata	results	are	a	great	achievement.	
Main	growth	engines	for	2009	were	the	DPS	
collection	with	its	best	seller	bag	-	3N1	-	and	the	
new	National	Geographic	collection	Walkabout.	
In	the	Far	East	distributors	succeeded	in	
penetrating	into	the	consumer	electronics	
channels	and	sales	increased	by	60%.

*		Before	significant	items.	Significant	items	are	those	items	of	financial	performance	that	the	directors	
consider	should	be	separately	disclosed	to	assist	in	the	understanding	of	the	underlying	trading	and	
financial	performance	achieved	by	the	Group	(see	Notes	3	and	5	to	the	Consolidated	Accounts	2009).

The Vitec Group plc	Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2009										17

Operational	Review

Videocom	Division

Our Videocom Division specialises in the design and distribution of high quality 
equipment principally for professionals engaged in producing and transporting video 
content for the global media industries – broadcast, film, live events and education. 
More recently, our world-leading products and technologies have successfully entered 
the military, aerospace and government (MAG) market, where our mission-critical 
visual communication and surveillance products are increasingly sought after.

Markets

Operations

Joop Janssen
Divisional	Chief	Executive

Broadcast	and	film	markets	across	
all	continents	suffered	from	reduced	
advertising	revenues	which	in	turn	reduced	
opex	and	capex	spend.	In	particular,	H1	
was	very	challenging,	with	many	planned	
studio	upgrades	(mostly	high	definition	
migration)	suspended.	The	market	also	
saw	state	broadcasters	adopt	a	‘wait-
and-see’	approach.	H2	saw	some	signs	
of	stabilisation	with	a	limited	number	
of	suspended	projects	coming	off	hold	
and	presenting	us	with	the	opportunity	
to	make	some	gains.	Brazil	and	Central/
Southern	America	has	proved	to	be	more	
resilient	and	we	have	seen	growth	in	
these	markets.	The	business	and	industry	
market	was	more	robust,	driven	by	the	
live	entertainment	(especially	US)	and	
independent	videographer	segments.	 
The	MAG	market	has	seen	increasing	
demand	for	video	systems	in	law	
enforcement	and	unmanned	vehicles,	 
as	well	as	in	the	miniaturisation	of	
transmitting	technologies.

Revenue	for	2009	was	£147.0	million,	
a	decrease	of	14.8%	on	2008	(25.8%	
in	constant	currency).	Despite	difficult	
Broadcast	markets,	our	Litepanels	
business	increased	its	revenue	by	33%	
in	2009,	moving	to	new,	larger	facilities	
to	support	this.	This	growth	was	both	
domestic	and	international,	including	 
a	key	contract	win	in	Vietnam.	

As	part	of	the	ongoing	drive	for	greater	
efficiency,	our	OConnor	business	
consolidated	into	the	existing	Burbank	 
site,	allowing	the	subsequent	closure	of	 
the	Costa	Mesa	facility.	Due	to	the	effect	 
of	the	economic	downturn	on	our	studio	
and	outside	broadcast	vans	business,	 
we	reacted	decisively	by	restructuring	 
fixed	costs	to	protect	profitability.	

In	RF	Extreme,	equipment	sales	for	the	
BAS	project	finished	in	late	Q3	with	the	
BAS	integration	activity	expected	to	finish	
in	H1	2010.	Over	the	past	two	and	a	half	
years,	RF	Extreme	has	delivered	on	all	BAS	
project	expectations	set	out	at	the	time	of	
acquisition,	in	addition	to	increasing	market	
share	and	profitability,	and	becoming	the	
market	leader	in	this	area.	RF	Extreme	
continues	to	consolidate	its	activities	in	
the	Hackettstown	area	and	new	product	
introductions	have	been	specifically	
targeting	higher	margin	opportunities.

Divisional	sales

£147m 

Down

-14.8%

18										The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

Case study 1:  
Litepanels US Pentagon briefing room 
Litepanels’	pioneering	LED	lighting	fixtures	have	
been	installed	in	the	briefing	room	at	the	Pentagon.	
Their	low	power	consumption,	long	life	and	their	
ability	to	be	controlled	accurately	while	dimming	
gave	them	the	edge	over	conventional	tungsten/
fluorescent	lighting.	This	success	is	another	
example	of	how	the	pioneering	technology	 
of	Litepanels	is	gaining	critical	acclaim.

Key achievements

•		Litepanels	successfully	entered	the	broadcast	studio	market	with	

projects	at	CBS	in	Florida	and	Vietnam	and	at	Bloomberg	in	London.	
New	products,	such	as	the	1x1	series	bi-colour,	flood	and	spot	models,	
performed	well	in	the	market.	Litepanels	also	received	the	first	technical	
Emmy	award	for	excellence	in	broadcast	lighting	for	60	years.

•		Anton/Bauer	showed	growth	in	revenues,	due	mainly	to	successes	 

in	the	cine	power	supply	line	and	medical	cart	power	systems	 
(for	example,	Yale	hospital).

•		RF	Extreme	grew	in	US	law	enforcement	with	a	high-profile	and	flexible	
wireless	video	surveillance	system	implemented	on	helicopters	used	
by	the	Houston	Police.	It	won	a	multi-million	Dollar	wireless	video	
links	contract	for	a	military	customer	-	with	most	of	the	shipments	in	
2010.	Additionally,	RF	Extreme	enjoyed	some	major	success	in	the	
Broadcast	market	in	Brazil.

Revenue

2009

2008

Operating profit*

2009

2008

£8.5m

Operating margin*

2009

2008

5.8%

£147.0m

£172.6m

£21.7m

12.6%

Our brands

Bags 
Petrol	Bags

Camera Accessories 
OConnor

Communications 
Clear-Com

Equipment Rentals UK 
The	Camera	Store

Lighting 
	Anton/Bauer 
Litepanels 
Sachtler

Microwave Systems 
Microwave	Service	
Company 
Nucomm 
RF	Central

Mobile Power 
Anton/Bauer

Prompters  
Autoscript

Supports 
OConnor 
Sachtler 
Vinten 
Vinten	Radamec

Case study 2:  
RF Extreme Houston Police project  
In	2009,	RF	Extreme	shipped	$2.5	million	worth	
of	equipment	to	the	City	of	Houston	Police	
Department	and	also	managed	the	entire	
installation	and	integration	of	the	contract.	
The	new	equipment	created	an	advanced,	
helicopter-based	digital	microwave	system	
designed	to	deliver	both	standard-definition	 
and	high-definition	encrypted	video	
simultaneously	to	mobile	command	posts,	 
as	well	as	to	hand-held	receivers	and	monitors.	

Case study 3: Sky Italia robotics
Sky	Italia	has	invested	in	robotic	camera	systems	
from	Vinten	Radamec	to	achieve	high	production	
values	while	keeping	operational	expenditure	
under	control	for	its	flagship	Sky	Sport	24	round-
the-clock	sports	news	channel,	which	includes	
around	19	hours	of	live	HD	content	each	day.	
Although	the	channel	broadcasts	from	Milan,	 
the	control	system	can	also	be	used	to	
manipulate	robotic	camera	heads	installed	 
in	a	secondary	studio	600km	away	in	Rome.

*		Before	significant	items.	Significant	items	are	those	items	of	financial	performance	that	the	directors	
consider	should	be	separately	disclosed	to	assist	in	the	understanding	of	the	underlying	trading	and	
financial	performance	achieved	by	the	Group	(see	Notes	3	and	5	to	the	Consolidated	Accounts	2009).

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          19

Operational	Review

Services	Division

Our Services Division provides rental equipment and technical support for the most 
demanding broadcast productions, from the world’s first in-flight concert to a Papal visit. 
We are also an integrator/dealer for high-end audio equipment, provide comprehensive 
maintenance services and offer fibre optic systems design and installation services 
along with resale of used broadcast hardware.

Markets

Operations

Jerry Gepner
Divisional	Chief	Executive

The	first	half	of	2009	saw	a	sharp	decline	 
in	overall	television	advertising	expenditure.	
This	resulted	in	a	reduction	in	the	amount	
of	hardware	used	in	the	coverage	of	many	
live	or	recorded	broadcast	events,	with	a	
corresponding	decline	in	hardware	rental	
and	service	offerings.	However,	large	
appointment-viewing	events	provided	an	
opportunity	for	our	major	event	unit	to	
capture	market	share,	winning	contracts	 
to	support	the	US	Tennis	Open	and	the	
Miss	Universe	pageant.	Several	large	events	
saw	increased	audience	size	in	2009	and	in	
turn,	required	more	and	sophisticated	
hardware	and	engineering	support.

The	second	half	saw	some	market	
stabilisation.	With	the	advent	of	the	US	
autumn	sports	seasons,	core	equipment	
rentals	saw	some	improvement	and	the	 
run-up	to	the	Winter	Olympic	Games	 
in	Vancouver	provided	support	for	the	 
fibre	optic	operation.

Revenue	for	2009	was	£26.3	million,	 
a	decrease	of	10.2%	over	2008	 
(a	decrease	of	24.2%	in	constant	
currency).	Coupled	with	a	non-Olympic	
year,	this	decline	closely	mirrors	the	 
overall	drop	in	broadcast	advertising	
revenues,	the	key	driver	of	TV	programme	
production.	Rental	margins	were	driven	
down	by	increased	price	pressure	from	 
the	more	competitive	marketplace.

The	decrease	in	revenue	resulted	in	 
cost	reductions	and	restructurings	 
that	provided	material	savings	in	2009.	
Bexel	closed	two	branches	in	Orlando	 
and	Las	Vegas	-	both	regions	are	now	
served	by	other	nearby	branches.	In	spite	 
of	the	decisive	cost	reduction	actions	
taken,	the	Division	generated	an	operating	
loss*	of	£1.7	million.	However	the	cost	
reductions	have	re-aligned	the	business	 
for	current	activity	levels.	In	addition	2009	
saw	the	implementation	of	several	new	
processes	designed	to	improve	margins	
and	efficiencies.	

Our	fibre	optic	unit	picked	up	several	 
new	clients	in	markets	such	as	theme	
parks,	houses	of	worship	and	academics.	
The	professional	audio	unit	was	more	
sought	after	for	large	project	consulting	
and	major	systems	design,	resulting	in	 
a	constant	performance	compared	with	
2008.	The	major	event	unit	achieved	its	
revenue	goals	in	2009,	confirming	our	
strategy	to	focus	more	on	major	event	
support	and	long-term	relationships.	

Divisional	sales

£26.3m 

Down

-10.2%

20          The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

Key achievements

•	 	Award	of	a	multi-year	agreement	to	provide	facilities	to	the	host	

broadcaster	for	the	Olympics,	OBS,	providing	guaranteed	revenue	 
and	significant	additional	rental	potential.	

•	 	Contract	with	Sony	Broadcast	&	Professional	Products	Division	to	
serve	as	the	engineering	and	logistics	agency	for	the	introduction	 
of	two	new	products	to	the	US	marketplace.	

•	 	Supported	Litepanels	to	break	into	live	sport	and	entertainment	
market.	Secured	the	specification	of	Clear-Com	intercom	and	 
RF	Extreme	microwave	products,	now	in	use	on	rentals	to	major	
reality	shows	and	televised	sporting	events.

Case study 1: The Inauguration
In	January	2009,	Bexel	helped	bring	the	election	
of	Barack	Obama	to	a	worldwide	audience	by	
providing	fibre-based	press	distribution,	rental	
cameras	and	other	ENG	hardware,	as	well	as	
wireless	audio	and	communications	systems,	to	
a	host	of	global	broadcasters.	The	now	famous	
images	of	President	Obama	walking	the	parade	
route	were	captured	for	CBS	using	six	top-line	
HD	cameras	and	lenses	supplied	by	Bexel.

£26.3m

£29.3m

Case study 2: US Open Tennis on ESPN  
In	August	2009,	ESPN	premiered	its	first	year	
of	coverage	of	the	US	Open	Tennis	tournament	
with	a	complete	broadcast	infrastructure	
designed	and	installed	by	Bexel’s	BBS	team.	
A	complete	workflow	was	designed	and	
constructed	in	Flushing	Meadows,	which	
included	over	a	dozen	ingest	and	playout	
servers,	multiple	control	rooms	and	dozens	 
of	editing	and	graphics	stations.

Our services

Production equipment 
 rentals

Used production 
 equipment sales

Major event systems  
 and services

Professional audio 
 services and sales

Fibre optic solutions

*		Before	significant	items.	Significant	items	are	those	items	of	financial	performance	that	the	directors	
consider	should	be	separately	disclosed	to	assist	in	the	understanding	of	the	underlying	trading	and	
financial	performance	achieved	by	the	Group	(see	Notes	3	and	5	to	the	Consolidated	Accounts	2009).

Case study 3: Hell’s Kitchen
In	December	2009,	Bexel	was	challenged	to	
provide	a	fully	integrated	production	system	
comprising	56	remote	controlled	cameras,	30	
miniature	point-of-view	cameras,	19	videotape	
recorders	and	a	distribution	system	capable	of	
providing	over	9,000	connections	for	arguably	
one	of	the	most	complex	and	technically	
demanding	reality	TV	shows.	It	was	Bexel’s	
eighth	season	as	facilities	provider	for	Gordon	
Ramsay’s	Hell’s	Kitchen	series.

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          21

Revenue

2009

2008

Operating profit/loss*

2009

- £1.7m

2008

£1.1m

Operating margin*

2009

- 6.5%

2008

3.8%

Key	Performance	Indicators	(KPIs)	 
and	Other	Measures

Details	of	the	Group’s	performance	against	each	of	its	KPIs	is	set	out	below.

KPI/Measure

Purpose

Definition/Calculation

Unit

Data	 
source

2009

2008

Delivering value to shareholders

Adjusted	basic	
earnings	per	
share*

Monitor	and	
indicator	of	earnings	
performance

Profit	for	the	financial	year	after	tax,	before	
discontinued	operations	and	significant	items	
divided	by	weighted	average	number	of
shares	in	issue	during	the	financial	year

pence per 
share

Audited	accounts

36.5p

55.9p

Return	on	sales*

Provide	a
measure	of	overall	
operational	efficiency

Operating	profit	before	significant	items	for
the	financial	year	divided	by	total	revenue
for	the	financial	year

Total	shareholder	
return	(TSR)

Monitor	and	measure	
of	investment	return	
for	shareholders

Share	price	growth	plus	dividends	paid	 
over	the	three	year	period	ended	on	 
31	December	2009	or	2008

%	of	revenue

Audited	accounts

7.8%

11.4%

Datastream

(5.0%)

(17.4%)

average	
compound	
annual	growth	
%

Share	price:	30	trading	day	average	over
the	preceding	30	days

Cash	generated	from	operations	in	the
financial	year	after	net	capital	expenditure,
net	interest	and	tax	paid	in	the	financial	year

Average	Quarter	4	(Q4)	working	capital	divided	 
by	annualised	Q4	revenue

Working	capital	comprises	Inventories,	Trade	
and	other	receivables,	Trade	and	other	payables,	
Derivative	financial	instruments	and	current	
provisions

Q4	comprises	October,	November	and	December

Net	inventory	at	the	end	of	the	financial	year	
divided	by	Q4	cost	of	sales	(before	exchange	
gains/losses)	times	number	of	days	in	Q4

£m

Audited	accounts

22.7

19.0

%	of	revenue

Audited	accounts

16.4%

17.7%

Monthly	management	
accounts

days

Audited	accounts

97

118

Monthly	management	
accounts

Trade	receivables	at	the	end	of	the	financial	 
year	divided	by	Q4	revenue	times	number	of	 
days	in	Q4

days

Audited	accounts

41

44

Monthly	management	
accounts

Trade	payables	at	the	end	of	the	financial	year	
divided	by	Q4	cost	of	sales	(before	exchange	
gains/losses)	times	number	of	days	in	Q4

days

Audited	accounts

41

44

Monthly	management	
accounts

Free	cash	flow

Measure	cash	flow	
generated	before	
“corporate”	actions	
(M&A,	share	issues,	
dividends,	share	 
buy-backs	etc)

Controlling our working capital(1)

Working	capital	% Provide	an	indication	

of	the	efficient	
utilisation
of	working	capital	
resources

Inventory	days

Debtor	days

Creditor	days

Provide	an	indication	
of	how	long	it	takes	
on	average	for	Vitec	
to	turn	its	inventory	
into	revenue	and	
how	ready	we	are	to	
supply	customers

Provide	an	indication	
of	how	long	it	takes	
on	average	for	Vitec	
to	receive	payments	
on accounts 
receivables

Provide	an	indication	
of	how	long	it	takes	
on	average	for	Vitec	
to settle its accounts 
payables

Innovation and growth

Like-for-like	
revenue	growth

Monitor	volume	
growth	excluding	
effects	of	acquisitions	
and	divestments

Total	revenue	of	the	current	financial	year	
excluding	external	revenue	from	acquired	
businesses	divided	by	total	revenue	of	the	prior	
financial	year	less	1	times	100%

%

Audited	accounts	and,	
for	acquired	businesses,	
monthly	management	
accounts

(7.2%)

15.6%

Acquired	businesses:	exclude	external	revenue	
for	each	month	in	the	current	financial	year	with	
no	comparative	amount	in	the	same	month	of	 
the	prior	financial	year

Excludes	disposal	(for	2009)

22          The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
Key	Performance	Indicators	(KPIs)	 

and	Other	Measures

KPI/Measure

Purpose

Definition/Calculation

Unit

Data	 
source

2009

2008

Innovation and growth continued

Revenue	from	
new	products

Measures	Vitec’s	
ability	to	grow	by	
innovation

Revenue	for	each	month	of	the	financial	year	from	
products	launched	in	the	previous	36	months	
divided	by	total	product	revenue	of
the	financial	year	times	100%

%	of	revenue

Audited	accounts	and	
internal	reports	from	 
Vitec	Business	Units

39.2%

36.3%

Products	launched:	includes	new	products
and	re-launched	modified	existing	products

New	products:	includes	brand	new	products	
manufactured	by	Vitec	and	major	upgrades,
but	not	restyling	or	replacements

Launch	date:	date	first	external	revenue	achieved

Total	product	revenue:	total	Vitec	revenue	
excluding	the	Videocom	Division
and	Brilliant	Stages

Exclude	acquisitions	in	the	financial	year

Monitoring our environmental impact(2)

Usage	of	electricity

Monitor
electricity,	gas,
oil	and	water	
consumption

Usage	of	gas

Usage	of	oil

Usage	of	water

Employees and safety(5)

Number	of	
employee	
accidents(3)

Track	changes	in	
health	and	safety	
performance	as	
it	directly	impacts	
hours	worked	per
employee

megawatt	
hours(2)

Internal	reports	from	 
Vitec	Business	Units

34.85

37.03

23.43

25.50

0.03

0.03

0.10

0.11

Amount	of	electricity	consumed	in	the
financial	year	divided	by	total	revenue	for
the	financial	year

Amount	of	gas	consumed	in	the	financial
year	divided	by	total	revenue	for	the
financial year

megawatt	
hours(2)

Amount	of	heating	oil	consumed	in	the	financial	
year	divided	by	total	revenue	for	the	financial	year

‘000	litres(2)

Amount	of	water	consumed	in	the	financial
year	divided	by	total	revenue	for	the	financial	year

‘000	cubic	
metres(2)

Excludes	consumption	from	acquisitions	in
the	financial	year;	prior	year	amounts	adjusted	
from	previous	Annual	Report	to	include	
acquisitions	in	that	year	and	to	reflect	more	
accurate	information	gathering

Rate	of	non-fatal	workplace	injuries	leading
to	absences	from	work	of	more	than	three
days	in	the	financial	year

rate per 
100,000	
employees	 
per year

Internal	reports	from	 
Vitec	Business	Units

511(4)

723

The	Group	believes	that	its	Key	Performance	Indicators	and	Other	Measures	must	remain	relevant	to	the	needs	of	the	business	 
and	they	will	therefore	be	subject	to	refinement	and	change	from	time	to	time	in	accordance	with	the	needs	of	the	business.

(1)		Working	capital	ratios	are	recalculated	to	reflect	consistency	in	application	of	exchange	rates.	Excludes	RF	Systems	whose	working	capital	items	 

are	not	comparable	to	activity	levels	due	to	BAS	related	accounting.

(2)	Per	£1.0m	of	the	Group’s	revenue.

(3)	There	were	no	fatal	workplace	injuries	in	2009	or	2008.

(4)		Accidents	have	reduced	from	16	in	2008	(representing	723	per	100,000	employees)	to	10	in	2009	(representing	511	per	100,000	employees).	 
At	Videocom,	the	number	of	accidents	have	increased	from	2	in	2008	to	3	in	2009.	At	the	Group’s	main	operations	in	Italy,	Imaging	Support,	 
the	number	of	accidents	is	down	from	7	in	2008	to	3	in	2009.	Tomcat,	Bogen	Imaging	Italy,	Staging	and	Services	had	7	accidents	in	2008	but	4	in	2009.

(5)	The	number	of	training	days	has	not	been	reported	this	year	as	the	measure	is	not	relevant	due	to	the	restructuring	programme	undertaken	during	the	year.

*	 	Before	significant	items.	Significant	items	are	those	items	of	financial	performance	that	the	directors	consider	should	be	separately	disclosed	to	assist	 

in	the	understanding	of	the	underlying	trading	and	financial	performance	achieved	by	the	Group	(see	Note	5	to	the	Consolidated	Accounts	2009).

The Vitec Group plc	Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2009										23

Board	of	Directors

Michael Harper BSc	Eng,	MSc
Chairman,	non-executive,	British,	aged	
65,	appointed	to	the	Board	in	June	2004,	
became	Chairman	on	1	November	2004;	
Chairman	of	the	Nominations	Committee.	
Currently	Chairman	of	BBA	Aviation	plc	
and	Ricardo	plc	and	a	non-executive	
director	and	Senior	Independent	Director 
of	Catlin	Group	Limited.

Stephen Bird MA
Group	Chief	Executive,	British,	aged	49,	
appointed	to	the	Board	on	14	April	2009.	
Previously	he	was	Divisional	Managing	
Director	of	Weir	Oil	&	Gas,	part	of	Weir	plc,	
since	2005.	Prior	to	this	he	has	worked	 
in	senior	roles	at	Danaher	Corporation,	
Black	&	Decker,	Unipart	Group,	Hepworth	
PLC	and	Technicolor	Group.	He	is	a	 
non-executive	director	of	Umeco	plc.

Richard Cotton BA,	FCMA
Group	Finance	Director,	British,	aged	
49,	appointed	to	the	Board	in	November	
2008.	Previously	Group	Finance	Director	
of	Wagon	plc.	Prior	to	this	held	senior	
positions	with	SPX	Air	Treatment	Holdings	
plc	(Formerly,	McLeod	Russel	Holdings	
plc),	Alcoa	Europe,	British	Aluminium,	BTR	
PLC,	JFP	Products	and	Thomson	CSF.

Simon Beresford-Wylie BA
Non-executive,	independent,	British,	 
aged	51,	appointed	to	the	Board	in	March	
2006;	member	of	the	Audit	Committee,	
the	Nominations	Committee	and	the	
Remuneration	Committee.	Appointed	
Chief	Executive	Officer	of	Elster	Group	
GmbH	with	effect	from	1	November	2009.	
Previously	Chief	Executive	Officer	of	Nokia	
Siemens	Networks	and	member	of	the	
Nokia	Group	Executive	Board	having	 
joined	the	Nokia	Group	in	1998	from	Indian	
mobile	operator	Modi	Telstra	(Pte.	Ltd.)	
where	he	was	Chief	Executive	Officer.	
Prior	to	that	he	held	various	management	
positions	within	Telstra’s	Corporate	and	
Government	Business	Unit.

Nigel Moore FCA
Non-executive,	independent,	British,	aged	
65,	appointed	to	the	Board	in	March	2004;	
Chairman	of	the	Audit	Committee,	member	
of	the	Nominations	Committee	and	of	
the	Remuneration	Committee.	Currently	
Chairman	of	The	TEG	Group	plc,	a	director	
of	IntelligentComms	Ltd,	Ascent	Resources	
plc,	Hochschild	Mining	plc,	JKX	Oil	&	Gas	
plc	and	Production	Services	Network	Ltd.	
Formerly	a	London	based	partner	of	 
Ernst	&	Young.

3

4

8

5

6

2

1

7

1  Stephen Bird
2  Michael Harper
3  Richard Cotton
4  Simon Beresford-Wylie
5  Nigel Moore
6  Will Wyatt
7  Maria Richter
Jon Bolton
8 

24										The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

Maria Richter BA,	JD
Non-executive,	independent,	dual	
American	and	Panamanian,	aged	55,	
appointed	to	the	Board	in	February	2007;	
member	of	the	Audit	Committee,	the	
Nominations	Committee	and	the	
Remuneration	Committee.	Currently	a	
non-executive	director	of	National	Grid	plc,	
The	Pantry	Inc	and	The	Bessemer	Group	
Incorporated.	She	is	a	director	of	Pro	Mujer	
International,	Chairman	of	Pro	Mujer	UK	
and	on	the	Private	Equity	Advisory	Board	of	
Republic	Financial	Corporation.	Previously	
with	Morgan	Stanley	for	nine	years,	most	
recently	as	Managing	Director	of	the	
Corporate	Finance	Retail	Group.	 
Prior	to	that	she	held	senior	positions	 
with	Salomon	Brothers,	Prudential	 
Capital	Corporation	and	Power	 
Funding	Associates.

Will Wyatt CBE,	BA
Non-executive,	independent,	British,	 
aged	68,	appointed	to	the	Board	in	 
June	2002;	Senior	Independent	Director;	
member	of	the	Audit	Committee	and	the	
Nominations	Committee	and	Chairman	of	
the	Remuneration	Committee.	Chairman	
of	Racecourse	Media	Group	Ltd	and	
Racecourse	Media	Services	Ltd	and	a	
director	of	Amalgamated	Racing	Ltd.	 
He	is	Chairman	of	the	Teaching	Awards	
Trust	and	a	trustee	of	the	Services	Sound	
and	Vision	Corporation.	Formerly	Chief	
Executive,	BBC	Broadcast.	Other	posts	
within	the	BBC	included	Managing	 
Director	of	Network	Television.

Jon Bolton FCIS,	LLB
Group	Company	Secretary,	British,	aged	
43,	appointed	October	2008.	Previously	 
Group	Company	Secretary	of	Waste	
Recycling	Group.	Prior	to	this	he	was	
Deputy	Company	Secretary	at	Cable	&	
Wireless	and	worked	at	GlaxoSmithKline. 

The Vitec Group plc	Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2009										25

Directors’ Report continued

Directors
The directors throughout the year ended 31 December 2009  
were Michael Harper, Richard Cotton, Simon Beresford-Wylie, 
Nigel Moore, Maria Richter and Will Wyatt. Alastair Hewgill stood 
down as a director at the conclusion of the Annual General 
Meeting on 19 May 2009 and Stephen Bird joined as a director 
and Group Chief Executive on 14 April 2009. The remuneration  
of the directors is set out in the Remuneration Report on pages  
28 to 35. Photographs and biographies of the current directors  
are set out on pages 24 and 25.

Directors’ shareholdings
To align the interests of executives with those of shareholders, 
executive directors are required to build up, over a reasonable 
period of time, a substantial holding of shares in the Company 
equal to 100% of salary. Other members of the Operations 
Executive are also encouraged to do so. The value of holdings  
by the executive directors at 31 December 2009 represented  
33% and 21% of the base salaries of Stephen Bird and Richard 
Cotton respectively, calculated by reference to the closing middle 
market price of a share of the Company on 31 December 2009,  
the last dealing day of 2009, which was 389p.

The table opposite sets out the beneficial interests in the Company’s 
shares of those persons who were directors at the end of the 
financial year. The interests are shown as at 31 December 2009 
and 1 January 2009 (or, if later, their date of appointment). Details 
of the directors’ other interests in the Company’s shares are set 
out in the Remuneration Report on pages 28 to 35. Other than  
as disclosed in the footnote, there have been no other changes  
to these interests in the period from 31 December 2009 to  
24 March 2010.

Directors’ shareholdings 

Chairman 
Michael Harper 

Executive Directors 
Stephen Bird 
Richard Cotton 

Non-executive Directors 
Simon Beresford-Wylie 
Nigel Moore 
Maria Richter 
Will Wyatt 

31 December 
2009 

1 January 2009 
or subsequent 
date of 
appointment

35,000 

35,000

30,000(1) -
13,196(1) 

4,000 
15,470 
4,000 
2,875 
104,541 

12,500

2,000
9,395
1,000
2,875
62,770

(1)  On 9 March 2010, Stephen Bird’s interests increased to 56,185 shares with 
the purchase of 26,185 shares and Richard Cotton’s interests increased to 
31,424 shares with the purchase of 18,228 shares. Both purchases form  
the core awards under The Vitec Group 2005 Deferred Bonus Plan with  
the shares held by EES Trustees International Limited.

Share capital
Details of shares issued during the year are set out in Note 24 to 
the Consolidated Accounts. An analysis of shareholdings is shown 
on page 104. The closing middle market price of a share of the 
Company on 31 December 2009, the last day of dealing in 2009, 
together with the range during the year, is also shown on page 
104. For details of own shares held by the Company see Note 24 
to the Consolidated Accounts.

Substantial shareholdings
As at 24 March 2010, the Company had been notified of the 
following interests of 3% or more of the voting rights of its issued 
share capital:

Harris Associates 
Aviva plc 
Prudential plc 
Baring Trustees (Guernsey) Ltd 
Manfrotto SA 
Franklin Templeton Institutional LLC 
Artisan Partners Limited Partnership 
Aberforth Partners LLP 
Schroders plc 
Axa SA 

Number of 
voting rights 

5,984,894 
4,400,483 
3,997,892 
2,698,374 
2,478,374 
2,178,223 
2,167,373 
2,129,169 
2,112,294 
2,065,145 

%

14.03
10.28
9.33
6.58
6.05
5.09
5.06
5.04
5.02
4.93

26          The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting for 2010 will be held at 2.30pm 
on Monday 17 May 2010 at the offices of Financial Dynamics, 
Holborn Gate, 26 Southampton Buildings, London WC2A 1PB.

The Chairmen of the Board and of each of its Committees will  
be in attendance at the Annual General Meeting to answer 
questions from shareholders.

The Company will be making use of the electronic voting facility 
provided by its registrars, Capita Registrars. The facility includes 
CREST voting for members holding their shares in uncertificated 
form. For further information please refer to the section on Online 
services and electronic voting set out on page 104.

The Notice of the Annual General Meeting and an explanation of 
the resolutions to be put to the meeting are set out in the Notice  
of Meeting accompanying this Annual Report.

Auditors
The auditors, KPMG Audit Plc, are willing to continue in office. 
Separate resolutions will be put to the Annual General Meeting  
to reappoint the auditors and to authorise the Board to agree  
their remuneration.

By order of the Board

Jon Bolton 
Group Company Secretary

24 March 2010

Cautionary statement: Statements made in the Directors’ Report (pages 
1 to 27) contain forward looking statements that are subject to risk factors 
associated with, amongst other things, the economic and business 
circumstances occurring from time to time in the countries and sectors in 
which the Group operates. It is believed that the expectations reflected in 
these statements are reasonable but they may be affected by a wide range 
of variables which could cause actual results to differ materially from those 
currently anticipated.

Committees of the Board
The Board has established an Audit Committee, a Nominations 
Committee and a Remuneration Committee. Details of those 
Committees, including membership, terms of reference and their 
activities, are contained in the Corporate Governance section of  
this Annual Report and in the Remuneration Report.

Corporate Social Responsibility Report 
The Group’s report on social, environmental and ethical matters 
is set out on pages 36 to 39. The Group has policies in respect 
of the following key areas: health and safety, risk and fraud, 
employment, whistleblowing, the environment, human rights, 
community impact and involvement and relationships with 
suppliers and customers and other stakeholders. It regularly 
reviews those policies and revises them as and when necessary.

The Group’s Remuneration Report is set out on pages 28 to 35.

Corporate Governance
The Group’s report on Corporate Governance is on pages 40  
to 46.

Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance  
and Indemnification of Directors
The Company maintains Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance 
which gives appropriate cover for any legal action brought against 
its directors. The Company has also granted indemnities to each 
of its directors to the extent permitted by law. Qualifying third party 
indemnity provisions (as defined in Section 324 of the Companies 
Act 2006) were adopted on 16 March 2009 and remain in force,  
in relation to certain losses and liabilities which the directors  
may incur to third parties in the course of acting as directors  
of the Company.

Donations
During 2009 charitable donations totalling £158,601 (2008: 
£139,941) were made by Group companies. No donations were 
made to any political party. For further information on donations 
refer to the section on Community giving, set out in the Corporate 
Social Responsibility Report on pages 38 and 39.

Payments to creditors
It continues to be the Group’s policy that the Company and 
individual subsidiary companies are responsible for negotiating 
terms and conditions under which suppliers operate. Once 
agreed, payments to suppliers are made in accordance with 
those terms and conditions, subject always to the supplier having 
complied with them. That policy will continue for the financial  
year ending 31 December 2010. For the financial year ended  
31 December 2009, the Group paid its creditors on average  
within 41 days (2008: 44 days restated). 

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          27

Remuneration Report 

Remuneration Report
This Report contains the information required under the Listing 
Rules, the 2008 Combined Code on Corporate Governance and 
under the Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations 2002.  
A resolution to approve the Report will be proposed at the 2010 
Annual General Meeting. The Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee will be available to answer questions about the 
directors’ remuneration at the Annual General Meeting.

Remuneration Committee
Throughout 2009, the Remuneration Committee comprised  
Will Wyatt (Chairman of the Committee), Simon Beresford-Wylie, 
Nigel Moore and Maria Richter.

Under its terms of reference, the Committee, on behalf of 
the Board, determines the remuneration packages including 
base salaries, bonus arrangements, participation in incentive 
schemes, pension contributions and all other benefits received 
by the executive directors. In the event of the termination of 
employment of those directors, the Committee also determines 
any compensation payments, after taking appropriate legal advice.

The Committee also makes recommendations to the Board,  
within its terms of reference, on the framework of senior  
executive remuneration including terms of service, pay structure,  
bonus and share incentive arrangements and other benefits.

The Chairman, Michael Harper, attended meetings by invitation of 
the Committee in the year ended 31 December 2009. The former 
Interim Chief Executive, Alastair Hewgill, also attended meetings by 
invitation of the Committee up until 25 February 2009 and Stephen 
Bird, as Group Chief Executive, attended meetings from 14 April 
2009 onwards. The Group Company Secretary also attended all 
meetings in 2009. The executive directors or the Group Company 
Secretary are not present when their own remuneration is being 
considered. The remuneration of the Chairman and the non-
executive directors is determined by the Board as a whole with the 
Chairman or the relevant non-executive director abstaining when his 
or her remuneration is considered. For further information regarding 
governance for the Remuneration Committee see pages 43 and 44.

Remuneration policy
Remuneration packages are formulated to attract, retain  
and motivate directors and senior executives of the quality 
required, without being excessive, by reference to salary and 
benefit surveys supplied by one or more external sources.  
They take into account the responsibilities and risks involved 
and remuneration packages in comparable companies that 
have similar international operations. During the year ended 31 
December 2009, the Committee received advice from Watson 
Wyatt (now Towers Watson) as the Committee’s appointed 
remuneration advisors. This advice related to disclosure of content 
in the 2008 Remuneration Report, measurement of performance 
conditions associated with incentive arrangements, proposed 
changes to performance conditions associated with incentive 
arrangements and general remuneration advice. The fee paid  
to Watson Wyatt for this service in 2009 was £51,498.  

Towers Watson also provides pensions advice and services to the 
Company. The Committee also received advice and administrative 
support from the Group Company Secretary, Jon Bolton. 

Since 2004 the Company has made available to all UK based 
employees, including executive directors, a Group personal pension 
plan. Prior to this the Company had in place defined benefit Group 
and Executive pension schemes, both of which were closed to new 
members at the end of 2003. Up to the pensions earnings cap, 
retirement benefits are provided through an approved retirement 
benefit scheme. For further information, see page 32 and the table 
entitled Pensions related remuneration on page 33.

Executive directors’ service contracts do not provide for  
pre-determined amounts of compensation in the event of early 
termination by the Company. The Committee’s policy in the event 
of early termination of employment is to mitigate compensation  
to the fullest extent practicable.

The Committee believes that it is beneficial both for the individual 
and the Company for an executive director to take up one 
external non-executive appointment. Remuneration received by 
an executive director in respect of such an external appointment 
would be retained by the director. Stephen Bird is a non-executive 
director of Umeco plc a position he has held since October 2006. 
In this capacity Stephen Bird receives a fee of £30,000  
per annum.

The Committee currently has no intention of amending the above 
stated policy for 2010, although it will be reviewed from time  
to time.

Chairman and the other non-executive directors
The Chairman and the other non-executive directors do not have 
service contracts but have letters of appointment. The initial period 
of their appointments is three years but their appointments may, 
by mutual consent and with the approval of the Nominations 
Committee and the Board, be extended for a further three years. 
In exceptional circumstances appointments may be extended 
beyond six years by mutual consent and with the approval of the 
Nominations Committee and the Board if it is in the interests of  
the Group to do so. 

Executive directors
The executive directors’ remuneration comprises a basic salary, 
an annual cash bonus, long term share incentives, a company 
vehicle or cash allowance, fuel where a company vehicle is 
provided, medical insurance, membership of one of the Group’s 
pension schemes or a contribution to their own personal pension 
arrangement and life assurance. A contribution towards a 
permanent health arrangement for Stephen Bird has been made 
since his appointment on 14 April 2009 and a similar arrangement 
was available to Alastair Hewgill before his resignation and is 
available to Richard Cotton. Under the Annual Cash Bonus 
Plan, the executive directors can normally receive up to 100% of 
basic salary based on a combination of Company financial and 
individual performance. If they achieve maximum performance in 

28          The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

relation to the performance related elements of their remuneration, 
those elements would, in total, account for 50% of their total 
cash remuneration. On Alastair Hewgill’s appointment as Interim 
Chief Executive with effect from 1 October 2008, his bonus limit 
was increased to 150% of basic salary in respect of the year 
ended 31 December 2009, until either he left the Company or 
was appointed permanent Chief Executive. The Remuneration 
Committee considered that this increase in limit was merited on 
the basis that it provided an incentive for Alastair Hewgill in his 
role as Interim Chief Executive whilst the Nominations Committee 
conducted a detailed and thorough search for a permanent Chief 
Executive. Alastair Hewgill did not receive any additional award  
of long term incentives on his appointment to the role of Interim  
Chief Executive. 

Executive directors are required to defer a proportion of any  
annual bonus. The deferred bonus is held in the form of shares  
in the Company under the Deferred Bonus Plan. Under the long 
term share incentives, each executive director can normally receive 
up to 100% of basic salary in the form of an annual award of  
Long Term Incentives under the Long Term Incentive Plan that  
are subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions.

The normal retirement age of executive directors is 65. There 
are no special provisions in respect of early retirement for the 
executive directors.

Alastair Hewgill, Interim Chief Executive until 14 April 2009 and 
a director until 19 May 2009, aged 55, was employed under a 
service contract dated 17 April 2002 (superseded in September 
2008 on his appointment as Interim Chief Executive). The notice 
period by the Company under his contract was six months 
and notice by the employee to the Company was six months. 
Under the contract the Company, in the event of termination 
of employment, would pay a sum in lieu of notice equal to six 
months’ gross basic salary together with the gross value of the 
other benefits that he was entitled to receive under his service 
contract but excluding pension contributions. In addition, the 
period of notice would be taken into account for any bonus due. 
The bonus arrangements for 2009 would potentially deliver a 
maximum bonus of 150% of salary, 50% of which is based on 
achievement of financial results (reported Group profit before  
tax and working capital measured against the 2009 budget) 
and 50% of which is based on performance against personal 
objectives set by the Board.

Richard Cotton, appointed a director on 3 November 2008,  
aged 49, is employed under a service contract dated 17 
September 2008. The notice period by the Company under 
his contract is 12 months and notice by the employee to the 
Company is six months. The bonus arrangements for 2010 may 
deliver a maximum bonus of 100% of salary with 75% based 
on achievement of financial results (reported Group profit before 
tax and Group working capital to sales measured against the 
2010 budget) and 25% based on performance against personal 
objectives set by the Board. The Company may, in the event 
of termination of employment, pay a sum in lieu of notice equal 

to 12 months’ gross basic salary together with the gross value 
of other benefits that he is entitled to receive under his service 
contract, but excluding any bonus or share options which are not 
granted, do not vest or cannot be exercised in accordance with 
the rules of such schemes.

Stephen Bird was appointed a director and Group Chief Executive 
of the Company on 14 April 2009. He is aged 49 and is employed 
under a service contract dated 28 January 2009. The notice 
period by the Company under his contract is 12 months and 
notice by the employee to the Company is six months. Under his 
service contract, he received a salary of £350,000 per annum for 
2009. He also participates in the annual bonus arrangements for 
2010 that may deliver a maximum bonus of 100% of salary with 
75% based on achievement of financial results (reported Group 
profit before tax and Group working capital to sales measured 
against the 2010 budget) and 25% based on performance against 
personal objectives set by the Board. The Company may, in the 
event of termination of employment, pay a sum in lieu of notice 
equal to 12 months’ gross basic salary together with the gross 
value of other benefits that he is entitled to receive under his 
service contract, but excluding any bonus or share options  
which are not granted, do not vest or cannot be exercised in 
accordance with the rules of such schemes.

The Remuneration Committee has decided that with effect  
from 1 January 2010 the salaries for Stephen Bird and Richard 
Cotton be increased to £360,500 and £257,500 respectively. 
This increase is against the background of no increases in 2009. 
Salaries will be reviewed for 2011 taking into account Company 
performance and prevailing economic conditions.

Incentive arrangements
The Company has the following long term incentive arrangements 
in place.

The 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan was approved by shareholders  
at the Annual General Meeting in 2005 and has been used to 
make awards to the executive directors and the other members 
of the Operations Executive and also to the Group’s senior 
management below the level of the Operations Executive as 
envisaged when shareholder approval was received. The level 
of awards for the executive directors and Operations Executive 
are up to one times salary per year, based on the Company’s 
share price at the date of award. Awards for the Group’s senior 
management are based on a specific number of shares,  
but which does not exceed one times salary.

The 2005 Deferred Bonus Plan was approved by shareholders 
at the Annual General Meeting in 2005 and has been used in 
connection with bonuses paid since then arising from the Annual 
Cash Bonus Plan and will be used in 2010 and future years.

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          29

Remuneration Report continued 

The 2002 Unapproved Share Option Plan was approved by 
shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in 2002 and grants 
of share options were made in June 2005 and March 2008 to 
the executive directors and the other members of the Operations 
Executive. At the time of these grants, the Committee reviewed 
and revised the performance condition applicable to the grant.  
No grants of share options under the Plan are currently planned.

The performance conditions for awards under the 2005 Long Term 
Incentive Plan, the 2005 Deferred Bonus Plan and under the 2002 
Unapproved Share Option Plan are set out in detail below.

Monitoring and measuring of the performance conditions take 
place following the end of each year when the Company’s 
results have been audited and again at the end of the relevant 
performance period for options and awards. The Chairman and 
the non-executive directors are not eligible to participate in the 
Company’s share incentive schemes and consequently they do 
not hold any share options or other share incentives.

Invitations under the Group’s sharesave arrangements are usually 
made annually and these are planned to continue.

Awards and grants under the Group’s incentive arrangements  
are within the overall flow limits advised by the Association of 
British Insurers to limit potential dilution arising from the issue  
of new shares.

The Group currently has the following incentive schemes and 
plans under which awards are outstanding and further awards  
are proposed. Performance targets and vesting levels are reviewed 
by the Remuneration Committee each time an award is made to 
ensure that they remain sufficiently demanding.

2002 Unapproved Share Option Plan
Executive directors and other senior executives are selected to 
receive options over shares. The price of an option over shares 
is fixed at the date of grant at the prevailing market price of the 
Company’s shares at that time. Exercise of an option is subject 
to growth in the Company’s earnings per share, excluding 
exceptional or extraordinary items. Options are exercisable 
between the third and the tenth anniversaries of their dates of 
grant subject to satisfaction of performance conditions.

Performance condition: Options granted in 2005 use the following 
condition. If the percentage growth in the earnings per share of the 
Company, after adjustments for exceptional or extraordinary items, 
exceeds the percentage growth in the Retail Prices Index over the 
three year performance period by 6% (the base target threshold), 
an option will become exercisable in respect of one third of the 
shares over which it is held. Full vesting takes place when such 
growth over the performance period exceeds growth in RPI by 
12% or greater.

For options granted in 2008 the performance condition was 
revised and was set at RPI+9% for minimum vesting and 
RPI+30% for full vesting.

30          The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

A sliding scale operates for performance between the lower and 
upper thresholds. Options lapse if the base target threshold is not 
achieved by the end of the three year performance period. There 
is no re-testing of performance. No options have been awarded 
under the Plan since 2008.

2005 Long Term Incentive Plan
Under this Plan, executive directors and other senior employees 
are selected to receive awards over shares that vest in whole or 
in part depending on the satisfaction of a performance condition. 
For awards made before 2010 under the Plan this performance 
condition is based on the Company’s total shareholder return 
(TSR) over a period of three years, relative to a comparator 
group of other companies. The comparator group comprises 
companies of similar market capitalisation and having at least 50% 
of their turnover arising outside of the UK. Due to the size of the 
comparator group (approximately 60 in total), it is not practical to 
detail it fully in this report. The Remuneration Committee reviews 
the composition of the comparator group in conjunction with its 
remuneration consultants, Towers Watson, annually ahead of 
awards to determine that it is relevant and sufficiently demanding. 

For awards made in 2010 the Remuneration Committee, having 
consulted with major shareholders, decided to amend the 
performance condition to provide a more meaningful measure 
of performance. 50% of an award will continue to be measured 
based upon TSR as described above. However 50% of an award is 
subject to growth in the Company’s earnings per share, excluding 
exceptional or extraordinary items. Each performance condition is 
entirely independent from the other performance condition.

Performance condition: For that part of an award measured 
against TSR, if the Company’s TSR performance is at the median 
of the comparator group at the end of the three year performance 
period, 35% of that element of an award may vest. The full 
element of an award may vest if the Company’s TSR performance 
is in the top 20% of the comparator group. There is pro rata 
straight line vesting between these two points. For that part of an 
award measured against EPS growth, if the percentage growth 
in the EPS of the Company, after adjustments for exceptional 
or extraordinary items, exceeds the percentage growth in RPI 
over the three year performance period by 4% (Compound 
Average Growth Rate), 35% of that element of an award may 
vest. Full vesting of an award occurs if the growth in EPS over the 
performance period exceeds growth in RPI by 8% (Compound 
Average Growth Rate) or greater. There is pro rata straight line 
vesting between these two points. An award lapses if the lower 
point under both performance conditions is not achieved during 
the performance period and there is no re-testing of performance 
under either performance condition. The Remuneration Committee 
will also consider the underlying financial performance of the 
Company before it confirms vesting.

Dividends that would have been paid on the vesting shares during 
the performance period will be re-invested in additional shares. 

2005 Deferred Bonus Plan
Executive directors and members of the Operations Executive 
are required to defer a proportion (currently a minimum of 20% 
for executive directors and 15% for other Operations Executive 
members) of any cash bonuses in exchange for receiving a core 
award over shares in the Company with a value equivalent, at the 
date of award, to the amount of the deferred bonus. However, 
subject to the discretion of the Remuneration Committee, the 
executive may voluntarily decide to defer a higher proportion  
up to a maximum of 100% of any bonus paid under the annual 
bonus scheme. A core award may, in normal circumstances,  
be exercised by a participant after two years. However, if exercise 
is deferred for three years and the executive remains employed 
by the Group, and subject to satisfaction of the performance 
condition, the participant is entitled to receive a matching award  
of additional shares up to the number comprised in the core 
award. Shares comprising core awards are purchased in the 
market and held in trust by EES Trustees International Ltd until 
exercise. Dividends that would have been paid on the core award 
of shares and the actual matching shares that vest during the 
performance period are re-invested in additional shares.

Performance condition: For awards under the Plan made before 
2010, if the executive remains in employment for three years, and 
if in that period the Company’s TSR relative to a comparator group 
of other companies is at median, or above, of the comparator 
group, the deferred core shares will be matched at the rate of:

•	one	share	for	every	three	shares	at	median	performance;	and

•	one	share	for	every	one	share	within	the	top	20%	performance.	

There will be pro rata straight line vesting between these points. 
The comparator group comprises the same group used for the 
Long Term Incentive Plan.

For awards under the Plan made in 2010 the performance 
condition has changed to the same as applies to the Long Term 
Incentive Plan. There is no re-testing of performance under either 
performance condition.

Sharesave Scheme and International Sharesave Plan
The Group operates a savings related share option Scheme in 
the UK and a similar international Plan in respect of overseas 
employees in certain countries. The Scheme and Plan are open 
to all the Group’s employees in those countries, including the 
executive directors. Under the Scheme and Plan, participants 
contract for either a three year or five year term to save a set 
amount each month (£250 maximum) in return for which they 
receive an option over a specified number of shares. The price 
of an option over shares is fixed at the date of grant and, in the 
UK, has a 20% discount to the market price. In other countries 
the discount applied is either the same or less to reflect local 
regulations. At the end of the savings period participants may 
exercise their options to buy shares in the Company using their 
savings. Exercise is not subject to any performance condition.

Five year share price performance 2005-2009
Under the requirements of the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Regulations 2002, the Company is required to include a graph 
showing the Company’s performance compared to an appropriate 
index over a five year period. Set out below, the graph illustrates 
the Company’s annual total shareholder return (share price growth 
plus dividends that have been declared, paid and reinvested in the 
Company’s shares) relative to the FTSE Small Cap, FTSE All Share 
Media and FTSE Industrial Engineering Index for the five year 
period 2005-2009, assuming an initial investment of £100.

£

250

200

150

100

50

31 Dec 
2004

31 Dec 
2005

31 Dec 
2006

31 Dec 
2007

31 Dec 
2008

31 Dec 
2009

FTSE Small Cap

FTSE All Share Media

FTSE Industrial Engineering Index

The Vitec Group plc

To produce a ‘fair value’ each point is a 30 trading day average  
of the indices. TSR data is taken from Datastream. 

£

250

200

150

100

50

c
e
D
1
3

4
0
0
2

c
e
D
1
3

5
0
0
2

c
e
D
1
3

6
0
0
2

c
e
D
1
3

7
0
0
2

c
e
D
1
3

8
0
0
2

c
e
D
1
3

9
0
0
2

FTSE Small Cap

FTSE All Share Media

FTSE Industrial Engineering Index

The Vitec Group

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report continued 

The following information has been audited.

Directors’ remuneration
Michael Harper, Chairman, is currently paid a fee at the rate 
of £110,000 per annum. The fee payable to the other non-
executive directors is £36,000 per annum. The chairmen of the 
Remuneration Committee and of the Audit Committee, Will Wyatt 
and Nigel Moore respectively, receive an additional fee for their 
services as chairmen of those Committees. Will Wyatt receives 
an additional £5,000 per annum and Nigel Moore receives an 
additional £8,000 per annum. An additional fee of £2,200 is also 
paid to the Senior Independent Director, Will Wyatt. These fees 
were approved in June 2008, are fixed for two years and the next 
fee review for the non-executive directors will be on 1 July 2010. 
The non-executive directors do not receive any other benefits  
from the Company.

Gareth Rhys Williams resigned as a director on 31 October 2008. 
Although he received no remuneration during the year ended 31 
December 2009, he made a gain on the exercise of 95,000 share 
options at a price of 300p per share of £52,488. This exercise  
was in accordance with the terms of his severance agreement. 

Alastair Hewgill’s annual salary as at 19 May 2009, the date of  
his resignation as a director of the Company, was £300,000. 
Alastair Hewgill was a member of the Vitec Group Pension 
Scheme contributing 10% of his pensionable salary. Additionally, 
monthly payments at the rate of 25% of the difference between 
the amount of his base salary and the Company’s notional 
pensions earnings cap were paid by the Company into  
Alastair Hewgill’s Group Personal Pension Plan.

Alastair Hewgill was eligible for a performance related bonus of  
up to 150% of base salary for the year ended 31 December 2009. 
This was calculated on a pro rata basis up until his departure date 
as an employee of the Company on 14 October 2009. Half of this 
bonus was dependent upon satisfaction of financial performance 
targets based upon actual reported Group profit before tax 
and working capital, measured against the Company’s 2009 
budget. The remaining half of the bonus was dependent upon 
performance against personal objectives set by the Board and 
aligned to achieving agreed strategic objectives. Alastair Hewgill 
was therefore paid a bonus of £150,219 in respect of 2009  
based upon assessments of achievement against financial 
performance targets and personal objectives (2008: £170,508).

Richard Cotton, Group Finance Director, currently receives an 
annual salary of £257,500, increased from £250,000 with effect 
from 1 January 2010. Richard Cotton is not a member of the 
Group Personal Pension Plan, but has his own personal pension 
arrangement into which the Company contributes 20% of his 
basic salary. Richard Cotton was paid a bonus of £119,781 in 
respect of 2009 based upon an assessment of the achievement 
of financial and personal objectives for 2009. Richard Cotton has 
decided to defer 100% of this bonus into the Deferred Bonus 
Plan. Richard Cotton did not receive a bonus in respect of 2008 
having joined the Company in November 2008.

Richard Cotton will be eligible for a performance related bonus 
based on the Company financial performance and personal 
objectives for the year ending 31 December 2010, of up to  
100% of base salary.

Stephen Bird, Group Chief Executive, currently receives an annual 
salary of £360,500, increased from £350,000 with effect from 
1 January 2010. Stephen Bird is not a member of the Group 
Personal Pension Plan, but receives a contribution of 20% of his 
basic salary in the form of an alternative pension contribution. 
Stephen Bird was paid a bonus of £172,069 in respect of 2009 
based upon an assessment of the achievement of financial and 
personal objectives for 2009. Stephen Bird has decided to defer 
100% of this bonus into the Deferred Bonus Plan. Stephen Bird 
did not receive a bonus in respect of 2008 having joined the 
Company on 14 April 2009.

Stephen Bird will be eligible for a performance related bonus 
based on the Company financial performance and personal 
objectives for the year ending 31 December 2010, of up to  
100% of base salary.

For Stephen Bird’s and Richard Cotton’s 2009 bonus arrangements, 
the Remuneration Commitee set separate financial objectives for 
H1 and H2 2009 given the very challenging market conditions. 
These were split between profitability, cash performance and 
working capital management. 

Details of the directors’ remuneration for 2009 with comparatives 
for 2008 are set out in the following tables:

32          The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

Director’s name 

Chairman 
Michael Harper 

Executive Directors 
Alastair Hewgill  
(left on 14 October 2009) 
Richard Cotton 
(joined on 3 November 2008) 
Gareth Rhys Williams 
(left on 31 October 2008)
Stephen Bird 
(joined on 14 April 2009)

Non-executive Directors 
Simon Beresford-Wylie 
Nigel Moore 
Maria Richter 
Will Wyatt 

 Salaries and 
fees 

Benefits1 

  Performance 
related 
  annual bonus 

Pension 
related 
remuneration 

2009 
£ 

2008 
£ 

2009 
£ 

2008 
£ 

2009 
£ 

2008 
£ 

2009 
£ 

2008 
£ 

2009 

£ £

Total

2008 

110,000 

102,500 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

110,000 

102,500

206,957 

243,540 

18,118 

20,926 

150,219 

170,508 

23,860 

65,234 

399,154 

500,208 

250,000 

41,667 

16,820 

32,645 

119,781 

- 

50,000 

8,333 

436,601 

82,645 

- 

283,550 

- 

19,328 

- 

100,000 

- 

102,237 

- 

505,115 

250,568 

- 

14,336 

- 

172,069 

- 

50,114 

- 

487,087 -

36,000 
44,000 
36,000 
43,200 
976,725 

33,000 
40,250 
33,000 
39,600 
817,107 

- 
- 
- 
- 
49,274 

- 
- 
- 
- 
72,899 

- 
- 
- 
- 
442,069 

- 
- 
- 
- 
270,508 

- 
- 
- 
- 
123,974 

- 
- 
- 
- 

33,000
36,000 
40,250
44,000 
33,000
36,000 
39,600
43,200 
175,804  1,592,042  1,336,318

(1)  The principal benefits are a Company vehicle or a cash allowance, fuel where a Company vehicle is provided, medical insurance and life assurance. In respect 

of Richard Cotton, he received relocation expenses in 2008 of £30,000 to enable him to find suitable accommodation near to his place of work. Upon his 
appointment as Interim Chief Executive Officer with effect from 1 October 2008 and for the duration of his term in that position, Alastair Hewgill was provided  
with chauffeur driven transportation from his home to the Company’s head office and accommodation in Greater London.

Pensions related remuneration

Accrued 
pension at 
31 December* 

Increase in 
accrued pension 
(in excess of 
price inflation) 
during 

Member 
contributions 
towards 
pension 

Transfer value 
of the increase 
in accrued 
pension net  
of member 
contributions 

Increase in 
transfer 
value over
Transfer 
year to 31 
value of  December* 
accrued 
net 
of member 
pension at 
31 December*   contributions

2009 
£ 

Alastair Hewgill 
Gareth Rhys Williams 

25,836 
- 

2008 
£ 

22,132 
20,335 

2009 
£ 

2,597 
- 

2008 
£ 

3,006 
2,511 

2009 
£ 

8,208 
- 

2008 
£ 

10,476 
8,712 

2009 
£ 

74,824 
- 

2008 
£ 

2009 
£ 

2008 
£ 

2009  
£

50,349 
26,074 

579,159 
- 

361,488 
222,446 

209,463
-

*  For Gareth Rhys Williams, figures are calculated to his date of leaving of 31 October 2008. For Alastair Hewgill, figures are calculated to his date of leaving on  

14 October 2009.

This table should be read in conjunction with the information given on page 32. 

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
Remuneration Report continued 

Directors’ 
share options 

Alastair Hewgill 
2002 Unapproved 

Gareth Rhys Williams 
2002 Unapproved (1) 

Stephen Bird
SAYE options 

Richard Cotton
SAYE options 

At 
  1 January 
2009 
(shares) 

 Date of 
grant 

Options 
exercised 
during 
year 
(shares) 

Options 
lapsed 
during 
year 
(shares) 

Options 
granted 

At 31 
during  December 
2009 
(shares) 

year 
(shares) 

Market 
price at 
exercise  Date from 
which 
(pence)  exercisable 

date 

Exercise 
price 
(pence) 

Expiry  
date

Jun 2005 
Mar 2008 

63,333 
43,891 

- 
- 

- 
20,726 

Jun 2005 
Mar 2008 

95,000 
18,460* 

95,000 
- 

- 
18,460 

- 
- 

- 
- 

63,333 
23,165** 

- 
- 

300 
512 

300 
512 

Jun 2008  Oct 2011
- 
-  Oct 2009  Oct 2011

355.25 

Jun 2008  Oct 2009
-  Oct 2008  Oct 2009

May 2009 

- 

- 

- 

6,984 

6,984 

131 

- 

Jul 2012  Dec 2012

May 2009 

- 
 220,684 

- 
95,000 

- 
39,186 

6,984 
13,968 

6,984 
100,466 

131 

- 

Jul 2012  Dec 2012

(1)  Gareth Rhys Williams made a gain of £52,488 on the exercise of his June 2005 Unapproved Share Options. The gain was calculated as the difference between 

the market price and the option price, multiplied by the number of shares at the exercise date.

*  Remaining after original award pro rated down to reflect service period up until 31 October 2008.

** Remaining after original award pro rated down to reflect service period up until 14 October 2009.

The share price at the end of the year and the highest and lowest prices during the year are shown in Shareholder Information and Financial Calendar on page 104.

Directors’ long term incentives 

Awards under the 
Long Term Incentive Plan 

 Date of 
award 

Alastair Hewgill 

Jun 2005 
Apr 2006 
Jun 2007 
Mar 2008 

Awards at 
1 January 
2009 
(shares) 

56,645 
38,095 
35,041 
44,854 

Awards 
exercised 
during 
the year 
(shares) 

56,645 
- 
- 
- 

Awards 
lapsed 
during 
 the year 
(shares) 

- 
38,095 
35,041 
44,854 

Stephen Bird 

Richard Cotton  

Apr 2009 

- 

- 

- 

200,286 

200,286 

Apr 2009 

- 
174,635 

- 
56,645 

- 
117,990 

143,062 
343,348 

143,062 
343,348 

Awards 
made 
during 
the year 
(shares) 

At 31 
December 
2009 
(shares) 

Market 
price at 
award 
date  
(pence) 

Market 
price at 
exercise 
date 
(pence)

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

300 
525 
602 
501 

175 

175 

156
-
-
-

-

-

(1)  Alastair Hewgill made a gain of £88,366 on the exercise of his June 2005 LTIP award. The gain was calculated as the market price multiplied by the number of 

shares at the exercise date.

(2)  On 8 March 2010 the following awards of shares under the Long Term Incentive Plan were made to the executive directors: 

•	Stephen	Bird		
-	94,619 
•	Richard	Cotton		 -	67,585

34          The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
Awards under the 
Deferred Bonus Plan 

Alastair Hewgill 

 Date of 
award 

 May 2006 

Core 

Matching 

June 2007 

Core 

Matching 

April 2008 

Core 

Matching 

Awards at 
1 January 
2009 
(shares) 

Awards 
exercised 
during 
the year 
(shares) 

Awards 
lapsed 
during 
 the year 
(shares) 

Awards 
made 
during 
the year 
(shares) 

At 31 
December 
2009 
(shares) 

Market 
price at 
award 
date  
(pence) 

Market 
price at 
exercise 
date 
(pence)

2,948 

2,948 

17,420 

17,420 

5,216 

5,216 
51,168 

2,948 

- 

- 

2,948 

17,420 

- 

- 

17,420 

5,216 

- 
25,584 

- 

5,216 
25,584 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
-

505 

505 

605 

605 

452 

452 

169.5

-

360

-

360

-

(1)  There is a performance condition attached to the matching awards. For the purposes of this table and footnotes, where the award has not yet been finally 

performance tested, 100% vesting is assumed.

(2) Alastair Hewgill earned 4,077 dividend shares on his core award shares from 2006, 2007 and 2008.

(3)  On 8 March 2010, the following awards of shares under the Deferred Bonus Plan were made to the executive directors: 

•	Stephen	Bird	

•	Richard	Cotton	

-	26,185	core	award	shares 
- 26,185 matching award shares 

-	18,228	core	award	shares 
- 18,228 matching award shares

Other than as disclosed in the table footnotes, there have been no other changes to these interests in the period from 31 December 
2009 to 24 March 2010.

Approved by the Board of Directors on 24 March 2010 and signed on its behalf by

Jon Bolton 
Group Company Secretary

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
Corporate Social  
Responsibility Report

Vitec has a considered approach to Corporate Social Responsibility 
surrounding its business activities worldwide. The Group continues 
to assess its responsibilities at local, national and global levels.   
We recognise that Corporate Social Responsibility is central to 
sustainable growth, particularly as investors, customers and  
other stakeholders increasingly consider these non-financial  
issues in decision making. We want to be in the best position 
possible to minimise risks and identify and capitalise on the 
opportunities presented.

Key areas of focus for Vitec’s Corporate Social Responsibility are 
the environment, business ethics and human rights, health and 
safety and employment and community giving.

Specific responsibility for these matters has been delegated to 
senior employees within each of the Group’s Divisions. Reviews 
by local management take place at each location and reports are 
made of the major risks in these areas to the Company’s Board, 
through the Group Chief Executive who has ultimate responsibility 
for these matters. These reports identify risks, the current 
measures being taken to control them and the steps being  
taken to eradicate or minimise their effect in the future. 

We report on our gas, electricity, water and oil consumption and 
accident statistics since these are the principal areas where our 
business impacts the environment and the communities within 
which we operate. The section on Key Performance Indicators  
and Other Measures on pages 22 and 23 sets out our 
performance in 2009 compared to 2008.

We are keen to receive feedback from all of our stakeholders  
and we will use their comments and views to shape our  
future Corporate Social Responsibility policies and practices.  
Please get in touch with us at info@vitecgroup.com with  
your comments.

Our policies and actions
Climate change and our environmental impact

Policy 
The Group’s energy usage is closely monitored and the reduction  
of energy, water and waste used or generated throughout the 
Group is promoted, with the aim of reducing the environmental 
impacts of its operations, products and services. The approach 
taken to achieve this common aim varies throughout the Group 
depending on the nature of the work carried out at a business  
unit and the stage of development of a business unit’s 
environmental management systems.

The Group is not a big consumer of electricity compared to  
many other companies, however it is important that we monitor  
its usage and ensure that it is used efficiently both from a cost  
and environmental perspective.

New products introduced to our markets are developed to  
ensure they are energy efficient both in their production and,  
so far as they are able, in their use.

Crisis management plans are in place at all our operations and 
more detailed business continuity plans are being developed at 
our principal locations to ensure, so far as possible, that the effect 
on our operations is minimised in the event of a major occurrence 
caused by external events including climate change.

We strongly encourage recycling of waste products, materials, 
paper and all other items that can be recycled. We encourage our 
businesses to reduce the quantities and thickness of cardboard 
and use alternative packaging wherever possible.

Actions 
Each of our sites around the Group has an environmental 
management system based on three main principles:

•	To	identify	materials,	processes,	products	and	wastes	that	 
cause or may cause pollution and to implement measures 
to avoid, reduce or control pollution where technically and 
economically viable. 

•	To	comply	with	applicable	environmental	laws,	regulations,	
codes of practice and other environmental requirements.  
To achieve such compliance we develop and maintain 
management systems for identifying relevant requirements  
and for monitoring the performance of related activities. 

•	To	continually	enhance	and	improve	our	environmental	
management systems to ensure they are appropriate  
and effective. 

Anton/Bauer, our battery and charger business based in the 
US, continues to be an active member of the battery recycling 
scheme in conjunction with the Rechargeable Battery Recycling 
Corporation (RBRC). In 2009 Anton/Bauer forwarded to RBRC 
11,496kg (2008: 18,439kg) of nickel cadmium, lithium ion 
and nickel metal hydride batteries returned to the Company 
for recycling. The decrease is believed to be associated with 
customers holding onto batteries for longer due to the economic 
downturn. Anton/Bauer actively encourages its customers to 
recycle batteries and is a member of the Portable Recharging 
Battery Association whose mission is to provide leadership 
in obtaining consistent domestic and international solutions 
to environmental and other selected issues affecting the use, 
recycling and disposal of small sealed rechargeable batteries.

The Services Division, based in Burbank, California is a rental 
operation and consequently its scope for reducing emissions  
and usage of resources that is already low is very limited. In 2009, 
the Division streamlined timekeeping and record keeping systems 
within its HR Department, eliminating timesheets and other HR 
forms for over 150 employees.

The Imaging Supports business within the Imaging & Staging Division 
invested E7,000 in 2009 with Enel Energy SpA for the “Energia 
Pulita” programme, whereby all energy was supplied to its facilities in 
Bassano and Feltre in Italy from certified sustainable and renewable 
sources under the Renewable Energy Certificates System.

36          The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

The Group’s gas, electricity and water usage over each of the last 
five years is set out in the table below. The figures in parentheses 
are the consumptions of gas, electricity and water (as appropriate) 
per £1.0 million of the Group’s revenue.

Year 

2005 
2006 
2007 
2008 
2009 

Gas 

Electricity 

Water 

7,092 (36.4) 
7,879 (35.4) 
8,102 (29.6) 
8,613 (25.5) 
7,384 (23.43) 

9,125 (46.8) 
10,159 (45.7) 
11,082 (40.5) 
12,505 (37.0) 
10,981 (34.9) 

27.5 (0.14) 
30.5 (0.14) 
33.2 (0.12) 
36.3 (0.11) 
30.9 (0.10) 

Group 
revenue

£194.9m
£222.3m
£273.8m
£337.7m
£315.1m

(1)  Units of measurement for gas and electricity are megawatt hours. For water 

they are cubic metres in 000s.

(2)  The usage of gas, electricity and water in 2009 decreased by 14.3%, 12.2% 
and 14.8% respectively when compared to 2008. This is mainly due to lower 
production and reduced headcount (decrease of 11.6% from 2,214 in 2008  
to 1,957 in 2009).

Business ethics and our relationships with suppliers, 
customers and other stakeholders

Policy 
The Vitec Code of Business Conduct (the Code) covers the 
way in which we deal with employees, suppliers, customers, 
shareholders and our responsibility to society and is used to 
ensure that human rights are upheld in both our own operations 
and those of our suppliers. All employees are required to comply 
with it and any violations of the Code are required to be reported 
to local management or the Group Company Secretary, as 
appropriate. If an employee feels that they want to report breaches 
anonymously, then the Group has put in place an independent, 
confidential whistleblowing service run through a third party 
provider, Expolink. All employees have been advised of the service 
and are encouraged to report any event in breach of the Code. 
Communication material on Expolink has been translated for each 
area of operation and is published on site notice boards and on 
the Group intranet. Reports through Expolink are independently 
investigated without fear of adverse consequences.

Vitec’s Code includes supply chain requirements. Suppliers  
are required to confirm compliance with Vitec’s standards.  
The Code includes a clear prohibition on bribery or giving  
any kind of inducements.

We support the UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights  
and the International Labour Organisation’s core conventions  
on labour standards (addressing forced labour, freedom of 
association, discrimination and child labour).

Actions 
In 2009, the Company set out its purpose – to provide vital 
products and services that support the capture of exceptional 
images. To support this purpose five key values, collectively 
forming the Vitec Mindset, were adopted. These values are:  
•	Product	excellence	–	everything	we	make	and	do	is	exceptional;	 
•		Creative	solutions	–	we	are	constantly	looking	to	break	 

new	ground;	

•	Integrity	–	what	you	see	is	what	you	get;	 
•	Customer	focus	–	we	are	nothing	without	our	customers;	and	
•		Collaboration	–	we	work	better	when	we	work	together.	
The Code of Business Conduct will be re-launched to all employees 
in 2010 to reflect this purpose and values.

Health and safety and employment

Policy 
The Group’s policy is to give the greatest importance to the 
health and safety of its employees and to comply with all relevant 
legislation and codes of practice relating to employment, health 
and safety and equal opportunities. In summary, this covers: good 
quality, safe working environments and facilities for employees and 
training	and	development	appropriate	to	each	of	their	roles;	not	to	
discriminate	in	any	way;	to	take	a	flexible	approach	towards	family	
responsibilities;	to	assist	employees	in	establishing	an	appropriate	
work/life	balance;	and	to	provide	a	competitive	range	of	quality	
employee benefits. The Board and senior management are 
committed to keeping the workforce informed of major events  
and developments within the Group.

In the design, construction, operation and maintenance of all the 
plant, equipment and facilities, it is the duty of management to do 
everything reasonably practical to prevent personal injuries. To this 
end, management provides personal protective equipment and 
protective clothing and courses are run regularly for employees.  
It is also the duty of every employee to exercise responsibility 
and to do everything reasonably practicable to prevent injury 
to himself/herself and others and for the prompt reporting of 
accidents and potential hazards.

Details of specific responsibilities for health and safety, together 
with other relevant health and safety information, are displayed  
on notice boards at each Group location.

Accident statistics are reviewed at each meeting of the Operations 
Executive, held monthly, and are reported to the main Board 
directors as part of their monthly management pack. Training is 
regularly carried out to educate employees on health and safety 
matters and safe systems of work.

Vitec has low staff turnover and levels of sickness are minimal 
across the Group. Vitec has an equal opportunities culture with  
no discrimination of any kind.

Actions 
Lino Manfrotto & Co SpA and Vitecgroup Italia SpA hold OHSAS 
18001 Occupational Health and Safety certification, ISO 9001 
Quality and ISO 14001 Environment certification. The companies 
employ over 500 employees at five manufacturing sites in Italy. 

Health and safety training is part of the induction process for 
new employees. Specific training is given, where relevant, for 
forklift truck, crane and hoist operation and bottle gas usage as 
well as fire safety and first aid training. Additional training is given 
where an employee has a specific role such as responsibility for 
administering first aid.

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          37

 
 
 
 
Corporate Social  
Responsibility Report continued 

The Services Division implemented a drug and alcohol testing 
programme in 2009 in the Operations Department. The Division 
recognises its commitment to employees, customers and the 
public to take reasonable steps to ensure safety in the workplace 
and in the community.

Risk assessments are in place throughout the Group.  
Appropriate control measures have been taken to control the  
risks identified. Assessments are carried out on a regular basis 
and these assessments are kept under review, particularly when 
new equipment or machinery is acquired or new processes  
are introduced.

Accident statistics have been published by the Group for each 
year since 2002. The table below sets out the position during 
the last five years. For 2009 we targeted a 10% reduction for 
the year in accidents. A 38% reduction was achieved in 2009 
with accidents reducing from 16 (representing 723 per 100,000 
employees) in 2008 to 10 (representing 511 per 100,000 
employees) in 2009 (see Note 4 on page 23). There were  
no fatal accidents during 2009 (2008: nil). A similar targeted 
reduction has been set for 2010.

Year 

2005 

2006 

2007 

2008 

2009 

Accident 
rate 

1,040 

835 

976 

723 

511 

Fatalities 

Nil 

Nil 

Nil 

Nil 

Nil 

Average 
number of 
employees

1,538

1,676

2,049

2,214

1,957

Note: Accident rate means the number of accidents per 100,000 employees 
per year leading to absences from work of more than three days.

The Group website’s principal aim is to help investors, potential 
investors, customers, employees and other stakeholders to better 
understand the Group and view the wide variety of products 
available from Group companies – www.vitecgroup.com. Our 
policy is to keep employees informed on matters relating to their 
employment and on financial and economic factors affecting the 
Group. We do this through management briefings by the Group 
Chief Executive, the Group Finance Director and Divisional Chief 
Executives, management conferences, through the Group’s 
website and by internal distribution of press releases and internal 
announcements. An intranet for the whole Group has been 
created and is being refined and updated regularly. Combining the 
various intranets that existed around the Group has enabled our 
employees to gain better access to information and an improved 
understanding of our Group and individual business objectives 
and their roles in achieving them. The Group has operations in 
many countries and employees speaking many different languages 
and so, where practical, documents published on our intranet are 
translated into the relevant languages. We strive to continue and 
improve this process, and development of the intranet generally,  
in the future.

Building and developing the skills, competencies, motivation 
and teamwork of our people is key to achieving our business 
objectives and to ensuring best practices throughout the Group.

The Group operates in many countries and our employment 
policies, which are designed to meet local conditions and 
requirements, are established on the basis of the best practice  
in each country in which we operate. The wide geographical 
spread provides some opportunities for employees to work  
either short term, or on secondment for longer periods of time,  
at overseas locations.

The Group encourages all employees both in the UK and overseas 
to participate in the Group’s savings related share option schemes 
under which options over the Company’s shares are granted to 
employees who agree to save a set amount each month.

We understand our responsibility as employers under the Disability 
Discrimination Act 1995 and we do not discriminate against 
disabled people. If an employee is, or becomes, disabled during his 
or her period of employment, we will, if necessary and to the extent 
possible, adapt the work environment to enable the employee 
to continue in his or her current position or retrain the employee 
for duties suited to that employee’s abilities. It continues to be 
the Group’s policy to consider applications for employment from 
disabled people on the same basis as other potential employees.

Community giving

Policy 
Vitec has for many years contributed to national and local 
communities in the countries in which we operate through 
donations, sponsorship and financial support for local charities.  
In addition, we encourage local employees to give their time to 
local causes and this is coupled with a matching element from  
the employer.

Actions 
The Vitec Group and Divisional charity committees review all 
written requests for donations and decide on the level of donations 
and the charities to which donations are made. We concentrate 
our donations to children, personal development and media-
related causes.

In addition to making donations to worthwhile causes, staff at many 
of the Group’s locations donate their time to worthwhile causes. 
Time spent on such activities is matched by the Company.

During 2009 donations totalling £158,601 (2008: £139,941) were 
made by Group companies. Some of the support given by Group 
companies during 2009 included the following.

The Clear-Com business based in Alameda, US, encouraged its 
employees to enter a sponsored walk in 2009 to raise money 
to support children with cancer at the Children’s Hospital and 
Research Centre in Oakland. 30 employees participated and  
the Company matched each employee’s contribution and  
raised $2,465.

38          The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
The same business also supported the Alameda Food Bank 
whereby employees donated food and two hours of their time  
to sort food. At the same time employees gave an online  
donation to the shelter and raised $2,000 which was matched  
by the business.

The Bogen Café

The Bogen Café continued its annual series of two-day workshops 
and lectures in the US by professional photographers and 
educators at 10 universities and colleges designed to help support 
their photo curriculum and the students. During 2009 equipment 
and the services provided by Bogen Imaging totalled $170,000.

Manfrotto Supports held free photography courses for several 
schools for grade four students in Campese, Italy. The courses 
were aimed at introducing children to basic photography 
techniques and educating them about the images produced. 
2009’s theme was self portraits and classmate portraits. In 
addition the courses examined the aesthetic models imposed  
by the media and their negative effects. At the end of the course  
a book of the students’ work was produced, printed and 
distributed to the students. The scope of the project was to 
generate new interest in photography whilst adding value to 
children’s lessons and increasing awareness about a local 
company with a worldwide reputation for quality. The donation  
to support this was E5,000.

Manfrotto Supports further offered photography courses for 
employees in 2009 following the success of similar courses 
in 2008. Whilst the cost of this was low, the value in raising 
employees’ awareness and enthusiasm for the sector in  
which they work was far greater.

Bogen Imaging (now Manfrotto Distribution) in the US loaned 
equipment to two military bases, Fort Lewis and Fort Hood,  
to support the Portraits of Love project which aims to send  
10,000 free family portraits to soldiers deployed overseas. 

The Services Division has continued its relationship with the  
City of Burbank BEST Program. The Burbank Employment and 
Student Training Program (BEST) provides an opportunity for  
local businesses to invest in the youth of Burbank, California  
and provide practical work experience and exposure to  
business. The programme is a temporary, part-time work  
training programme and the Services Division employs  
several students through it during the year.

The Services Division continued its support for The V Foundation  
for Cancer Research at the ESPY Celebrity Golf Classic. The 
Division sponsored a hole at the tournament for $10,000 and 
provided $5,000 worth of equipment and manpower for the  
audio visual requirements of the event.

The Services Division further donated $1,500 to Doctors without 
Borders at the Group’s Technology Forum that was matched by 
guests at the Forum for a total of $6,000.

Students of Kingston University using equipment bought 
through the Company’s donation.

The Head Office of the Company entered into a two-year 
agreement with Kingston University donating £14,000 to support 
the University’s Television and Video Technology department.  
The donation is being used to buy new equipment including many 
of the Company’s products to re-fit and improve the University’s 
studio facility.  Part of the donation was also used to provide prize 
money for final year students in recognition of the best course 
work produced. The courses run by the department cover  
around 300 students.

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          39

Corporate Governance 

The Listing Rules require a company to include in its Annual 
Report and Accounts a statement of how it has applied the main 
and supporting principles set out in the 2008 Combined Code 
(the Code). The Listing Rules also require a company to include 
a statement as to whether or not it has complied throughout the 
accounting period with the Code provisions. A company that has 
not complied with the Code provisions, or complied with only 
some of the Code provisions or (in the case of provisions whose 
requirements are of a continuing nature) complied for only part 
of an accounting period, must specify the Code provisions with 
which it has not complied, and (where relevant) for what part of  
the period such non-compliance continued, and give reasons  
for such non-compliance.

Statement of compliance
The Board considers that it has complied with the Code 
throughout the year ended 31 December 2009. The Company 
regularly reviews and revises its procedures, as necessary,  
to take account of the requirements of the Code.

The Board
The Board is accountable to shareholders for the creation and 
delivery of strong sustainable performance and the creation of 
long term shareholder value. The Board meets regularly and is 
responsible for organising and directing the affairs of the Company 
and the Group in a manner that will promote the success of the 
Company and is consistent with good corporate governance 
practices and for ensuring that in carrying out its duties the 
Company and the Group meets legal and regulatory requirements. 
The Board is also responsible to the Financial Services Authority for 
ensuring compliance with the Group’s UK regulatory obligations.

The business of the Company is managed by the directors, 
who may exercise all the power of the Company subject to 
the Company’s articles of association, relevant law and any 
directions as may be given by the Company in general meeting. 
The directors may delegate any of their powers or discretions to 
committees consisting of one or more members of their body and 
(if thought fit) one or more other persons co-opted so long as the 
majority of committee members are directors.

Unless authorised in advance by the Board of Directors and with 
the respective director abstaining from any such authorisation, a 
director shall not vote in respect of any contract or other proposal 
in which he or she (or any person connected with the director) has 
a material interest otherwise than by virtue of his or her interests in 
securities of the Company. However, a director shall be entitled to 
vote in certain limited circumstances which are set out in full in the 
articles of association.

The Board has formally adopted a procedure for dealing with 
conflicts or potential conflicts of interest. The Board is satisfied 
that the procedure for dealing with conflicts is robust  
and operating effectively.

The directors shall restrict the borrowings of the Company so as to 
secure that the aggregate amount of all monies borrowed by the 
Group and owing to persons outside the Group shall not at any 
time, without the previous sanction of an ordinary resolution of the 

40          The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

Company, exceed a sum equal to twice the aggregate of: (i) the 
amount	paid	up	on	the	issued	share	capital	of	the	Company;	and	
(ii) the amount standing to the credit of the reserves of the Group 
(subject to certain adjustments).

The Company can authorise the directors to allot further securities 
by ordinary resolution. A resolution seeking to authorise the 
directors to allot securities is being put to the Company’s Annual 
General Meeting on 17 May 2010. Details of this resolution and the 
other resolutions being put to the 2010 Annual General Meeting 
are set out in the Notice of the Annual General Meeting that 
accompanies this Annual Report. The directors may offer, allot, 
grant options over or otherwise dispose of shares to such persons, 
at such times and for such consideration and upon such terms and 
conditions as the directors may determine, provided that no shares 
shall be issued at a discount.

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts the Company may 
purchase its own shares. Authority was given at the 2009 Annual 
General Meeting for the Company to make market purchases of 
up to 2.1 million shares. That authority expires at the conclusion 
of the 2010 Annual General Meeting. A renewal of this authority is 
being sought at the 2010 Annual General Meeting. The Company 
currently holds 150,000 shares in treasury that were acquired in 
2008 under this authority at an average price of £4.53 per share.

The Board had six scheduled meetings during the year ended 
31 December 2009 and three meetings at short notice. There 
is a formal schedule of matters and levels of authority which are 
delegated to the executive directors, with all other matters and 
powers being reserved to the Board or to its Committees. Full 
details of matters reserved to the Board may be viewed on the 
Company’s website. At several Board meetings, the directors 
are joined by other senior executives apart from the executive 
directors to gain a greater and more detailed understanding of  
the Group’s operations. This practice will continue in the future.

During the year, all directors attended all six scheduled Board 
meetings. Apart from the scheduled Board meetings, there were 
three Board meetings held at short notice. Due to short notice, 
Will Wyatt, Maria Richter, Nigel Moore and Simon Beresford-Wylie 
were unable to attend one of these meetings. Despite this, each 
of the directors unable to attend that meeting had been briefed 
on the proposal being put to that meeting and had given their 
feedback and support to the proposal to the Chairman.

At 1 January 2009, the Board consisted of a Chairman (Michael 
Harper), an Interim Chief Executive (Alastair Hewgill), a Group 
Finance Director (Richard Cotton) and four non-executive directors 
(Simon Beresford-Wylie, Nigel Moore, Maria Richter and Will 
Wyatt). Will Wyatt is also the Senior Independent Director. On 14 
April 2009, Alastair Hewgill stood down as Interim Chief Executive 
and was replaced with the appointment of Stephen Bird as Group 
Chief Executive. Alastair Hewgill continued as a director of the 
Company until 19 May 2009. As at 31 December 2009 the Board 
comprised a Chairman (Michael Harper), a Group Chief Executive 
(Stephen Bird), a Group Finance Director (Richard Cotton) and 
four non-executive directors (Simon Beresford-Wylie, Nigel Moore, 
Maria Richter and Will Wyatt).

 
The non-executive directors bring independent character and 
judgement to bear on strategic matters, the performance of the 
Group, the adequacy of resources and standards of conduct. 
The Board considers that Simon Beresford-Wylie, Maria Richter, 
Nigel Moore and Will Wyatt are independent in accordance with 
the recommendations of the Combined Code. The roles of the 
Chairman (who is non-executive) and of the Group Chief Executive 
are separate and they each have a clear written division of 
responsibilities approved by the Board. Full details of this  
may be viewed on the Company’s website.

Directors, having notified the Chairman, are able to take 
independent professional advice at the Company’s expense in 
furtherance of their duties. All new directors are given an extensive 
introduction to the Group, including meeting with senior executives 
and visiting the Group’s principal operations both in the UK and 
overseas. Non-executive directors are also encouraged to visit the 
Group’s operations on a continuing basis to further develop their 
understanding of the Group’s business. All directors have access 
to the advice and services of the Group Company Secretary.

Ongoing training for new directors and existing directors is available 
at the request of the director. Each director receives details of 
relevant training and development courses from both the Group 
Company Secretary and from external bodies such as KPMG and 
Towers Watson. The requirement for training is regularly discussed 
at meetings of the Board and of its Committees.

The papers supplied for consideration by the Board are provided 
on the basis that it gives all Board members adequate time to 
read and, where appropriate, ask questions prior to the meeting 
about the information supplied. The information includes budgets, 
strategy papers, reviews of the Group’s financial position and 
operating performance and annual and half yearly reports. Each 
Board member receives on a monthly basis management reports 
including a Group Chief Executive’s, Group Finance Director’s 
and Group Company Secretary’s Report plus a Health and Safety 
Report covering the ongoing performance of the business. Further 
information is supplied from time to time as and when requested 
by the Board.

The Board has an Audit Committee, a Nominations Committee 
and a Remuneration Committee. Each Committee has formal 
terms of reference which may be viewed on the Company’s 
website. The terms of reference and the effectiveness of the 
Board and of each Committee are regularly reviewed and changes 
made where necessary. Any issues arising from the reviews of 
effectiveness are summarised and tabled at subsequent Board 
meetings at which they are discussed and action plans agreed.

Performance evaluations of each of the directors took place during 
2009 in accordance with the provision contained in the Combined 
Code. In the case of the executive directors this evaluation is 
undertaken by the Chairman and the non-executive directors 
regularly throughout the year against achievement of specific 
objectives. Evaluation of the Chairman was carried out by the Senior 
Independent Director taking into account the views of the other 
Board members. Evaluation of each of the other non-executive 

directors was carried out by the Chairman. Each evaluation was 
carried out by using written questionnaires and the results were 
discussed individually with each of the relevant non-executive 
directors. Evaluations of the effectiveness of the Board and each 
of the Committees were also carried out by the full Board and the 
relevant Committee members respectively. The 2009 evaluation 
process concluded that the Board, its Committees and individual 
members were performing to a good standard particularly given 
the difficult business environment and against the context of 
changes in executive management. Key areas identified for 
improvement in 2010 concerned succession planning at Board 
and executive level and development of senior talent within the 
business. Risk culture would also require further attention in 2010 
including the roll-out of the Group Basic Controls Manual. Similar 
evaluations are planned to take place each year in the future.

Audit Committee
The Committee is chaired by Nigel Moore. The other members  
of the Committee are Simon Beresford-Wylie, Maria Richter  
and Will Wyatt. Each member of the Committee is independent. 
The Committee considers that its members have a wide skill set 
covering financial, commercial and operational matters, however 
Nigel Moore has the most recent and relevant financial experience. 
During 2009 the Committee met three times and all the members 
attended all the Committee meetings. The Company’s external 
auditors, KPMG, are invited to attend meetings of the Committee 
on a regular basis and during 2009 they attended all three 
meetings;	in	each	case	for	part	of	the	meeting.	At	two	of	the	
meetings the executive directors were not present for part of the 
meeting so that members of the Committee could meet with the 
external auditors in private. The practice of the Committee meeting 
in private with the external auditors will continue in the future.

Duties of the Audit Committee:

Financial Reporting
Monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of the Company, 
including its annual and half yearly reports, preliminary results 
announcements, interim management statements and any 
other formal announcement relating to its financial performance, 
reviewing significant financial reporting issues and judgements 
which they contain.

The annual financial statements of the pension funds are reviewed 
by the Board as a whole.

Internal Controls and Risk Management Systems
Keeping under review the effectiveness of the Company’s internal 
financial	controls	and	risk	management	systems;	and	reviewing	
the statements to be included in the annual report concerning 
internal controls and risk management.

Whistleblowing
Reviewing the Company’s arrangements for its employees to raise 
concerns, in confidence, about possible wrongdoing in financial 
reporting or other matters. The Committee ensures that these 
arrangements allow proportionate and independent investigation 
of such matters and appropriate follow up action.

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          41

Corporate Governance continued 

Internal Audit
During the year ended 31 December 2009, the Company 
established its own internal audit function which is more fully 
explained in the Internal control and risk management section  
on page 45. The Committee oversees the work of this new  
internal function.

External Audit
Considering and making recommendations to the Board in 
relation to the appointment, re-appointment and removal of 
the Company’s external auditors. The Committee oversees the 
selection process for new auditors and, if the auditors resign,  
the Committee is required to investigate the issues leading to  
this and decide whether any action is required.

Overseeing the relationship with the external auditors including, 
but not limited to:

•	approving	its	remuneration,	whether	fees	for	audit	or	non-audit	
services and checking that the level of fees is appropriate to 
enable	an	adequate	audit	to	be	conducted;	

•	approving	its	terms	of	engagement,	including	any	engagement	
letter	issued	at	the	start	of	each	audit	and	the	scope	of	the	audit;	

•	assessing	annually	its	independence	and	objectivity	taking	

into account relevant professional and regulatory requirements 
and the relationship with the auditors as a whole, including the 
provision	of	any	non-audit	services;	

•	satisfying	itself	that	there	are	no	relationships	(such	as	family,	
employment, investment, financial or business) between the 
auditors and the Company (other than in the ordinary course  
of	business);	

•	agreeing	with	the	Board	a	policy	on	the	employment	of	former	
employees of the Company’s auditors, then monitoring the 
implementation	of	this	policy;	

•	monitoring	the	auditors’	compliance	with	relevant	ethical	and	

professional guidance on the rotation of audit partners, the level 
of fees paid by the Company compared to the overall fee income 
of	the	firm,	office	and	partner	and	other	related	requirements;	

•	assessing	annually	the	external	auditors’	qualifications,	expertise	
and resources and the effectiveness of the audit process which 
shall include a report from the external auditors on their own 
internal	quality	procedures;	

•	ensuring	co-ordination	with	the	activities	of	the	Company’s	

internal	audit	arrangements;	

•	meeting	regularly	with	the	external	auditors,	including	at	the	
planning stage before the audit and after the audit at the 
reporting stage. The Committee meets the external auditors  
at least once a year, without executive directors being present, 
to	discuss	their	remit	and	any	issues	arising	from	the	audit;

•	reviewing	and	approving	the	annual	audit	plan	and	ensuring	 
that	it	is	consistent	with	the	scope	of	the	audit	engagement;	

•	reviewing	the	findings	of	the	audit	with	the	external	auditors.	 

This	includes	but	is	not	limited	to	the	following;	

  -  a discussion of any major issues that arose during the audit, 

  -  accounting and audit judgements, and 

  -  levels of errors identified during the audit. 

•	reviewing	the	effectiveness	of	the	audit	and	reviewing	any	

representation letter requested by the external auditors before  
it	is	signed	by	management;	

•	reviewing	the	management	letter	and	management’s	response	

to	the	auditors’	findings	and	recommendations;	and

•	reviewing	and	approving	the	policy	on	the	supply	of	non-audit	

services by the external auditors, taking into account any 
relevant ethical guidance on the matter.

A policy on the use of the external auditors for non-audit services 
has been in place for a number of years. The use of the external 
auditors is subject generally to competitiveness and demonstrable 
competence in the relevant areas. The policy is divided into  
three parts:

•	Work	where	use	of	the	external	auditors	is	deemed	appropriate.	
This type of work includes corporate tax advice and planning, 
tax compliance, accounting advice in relation to acquisitions, 
dividend planning, divestments, corporate governance/risk  
management advice and defined audit related work and 
regulatory reporting. 

•	Work	requiring	Audit	Committee	clearance	or	refinement	of	
the Vitec Group policy. The type of work includes reporting 
accountant services, compliance services (including fraud and 
money laundering), transaction work (mergers and acquisitions), 
valuation and actuarial services, fairness opinions and contribution 
in kind reports, personal tax services, management consultancy, 
HR or recruitment services, remuneration consultancy and legal  
or other professional services unrelated to an audit. 

•	Work	from	which	the	external	auditors	are	excluded.	This	

includes internal accounting or other internal financial services, 
design development or implementation of financial information 
or internal controls systems, internal audit services or their 
outsourcing, forensic accounting services, executive or 
management roles and functions, IT consultancy, litigation 
support services and other financial services such as broker, 
financial adviser or investment banking services.

Reporting Responsibilities
•	The	Committee	Chairman	reports	to	the	Board	on	its	proceedings	

after each meeting on all matters within its duties and 
responsibilities. 

•	The	Committee	makes	whatever	recommendations	to	the	 

Board it deems appropriate on any area within its remit where 
action or improvement is needed. 

Other Responsibilities
The Committee has access to sufficient resources in order to carry 
out its duties, including access to the Group Company Secretary 
for assistance as required.

42          The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

The Committee members are provided with training as and when 
required, both in the form of an induction programme for new 
members and on an ongoing basis for all members. This includes 
training provided by the Company’s auditors particularly on 
changes in accounting policies and standards.

The Committee may oversee any investigation of activities which 
are within its terms of reference and, for internal purposes, act as 
a court of the last resort.

At least once a year, the Committee reviews its own performance, 
constitution and terms of reference to ensure it is operating 
at maximum effectiveness and recommending any changes it 
considers necessary to the Board for approval.

Authority
The Committee is authorised to seek any information it requires 
from any employee of the Company in order to perform its duties 
and to obtain, at the Company’s expense, outside legal or other 
professional advice on any matter within its terms of reference. 
It is also authorised to call any employee to be questioned at a 
meeting of the Committee as and when required.

Remuneration Committee
The Committee is chaired by Will Wyatt. The other members  
of the Committee are Simon Beresford-Wylie, Nigel Moore and 
Maria Richter. Each member of the Committee is independent. 
During 2009, the Committee had three scheduled meetings and 
two meetings called at short notice. All members attended all  
the Committee meetings in 2009.

The Remuneration Report in respect of the year ended 31 
December 2009 is set out on pages 28 to 35.

Duties of the Remuneration Committee:
•	determining	and	agreeing	with	the	Board	the	framework	or	

broad policy for the remuneration of the Company’s Chairman, 
the executive directors, the Group Company Secretary and such 
other members of the Operations Executive as it is designated 
to consider. No director or manager may be involved in any 
decisions	as	to	their	own	remuneration;	

•	in	determining	such	policy,	taking	into	account	all	factors	which	
it deems necessary. The objective of such policy is to ensure 
that members of the executive management of the Company 
are provided with appropriate incentives to encourage enhanced 
performance and are, in a fair and responsible manner, rewarded 
for	their	individual	contributions	to	the	success	of	the	Company;	

•	reviewing	the	ongoing	appropriateness	and	relevance	of	the	

remuneration	policy;	

•	approving	the	design	of,	and	determining	targets	for,	any	

performance-related pay schemes operated by the Company 
and approving the total annual payments made under such 
schemes, ensuring that any performance related pay schemes 
are structured to drive executive management to deliver 
sustainable	long	term	growth	in	shareholder	value;	

•	reviewing	the	design	of	all	share	incentive	plans	for	approval	by	
the Board and shareholders. For any such plans, determining 
each year whether awards will be made and, if so, the overall 
amount of such awards, the individual awards to executive 
directors and other senior executives and the performance 
targets to be used, ensuring that awards are merited, particularly 
given the context of ongoing business performance, that they 
are	not	disproportionate	and	potentially	rewarding	failure;	

•	determining	the	policy	for,	and	scope	of,	pension	arrangements	

for	each	executive	director	and	other	senior	executives;	

•	ensuring	that	contractual	terms	on	termination,	and	any	

payments made, are fair to the individual and the Company,  
that failure is not rewarded and that the duty to mitigate loss  
is	fully	recognised;	

•	within	the	terms	of	the	agreed	policy	and	in	consultation	with	
the Chairman and/or Group Chief Executive as appropriate, 
determining the total individual remuneration package of 
each executive director and other senior executives including 
bonuses, incentive payments and share options or other  
share	awards;	

•	in	determining	such	packages	and	arrangements,	give	due	

regard to any relevant legal requirements, the provisions and 
recommendations in the Code and the UK Listing Authority’s 
Listing	Rules	and	associated	guidance;	

•	reviewing	and	noting	annually	the	remuneration	trends	across	

the	Company	or	Group;	

•	overseeing	any	major	changes	in	employee	benefits	structures	

throughout	the	Company	or	Group;	

•	agreeing	the	policy	for	authorising	claims	for	expenses	from	 

the	Group	Chief	Executive	and	Chairman;	

•	ensuring	that	all	provisions	regarding	disclosure	of	remuneration	
including pensions, as set out in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report	Regulations	2002	and	the	Code	are	fulfilled;	and	

•	being	exclusively	responsible	for	establishing	the	selection	

criteria, selecting, appointing and setting the terms of reference 
for any remuneration consultants who advise the Committee, 
and to obtain reliable, up-to-date information about remuneration 
in other companies. The Committee shall have full authority to 
commission any reports or surveys that it deems necessary to 
help it fulfil its obligations. 

Reporting Responsibilities
•	The	Committee	Chairman	reports	formally	to	the	Board	on	its	
proceedings after each meeting on all matters within its duties 
and responsibilities. 

•	The	Committee	makes	whatever	recommendations	to	the	Board	
it deems appropriate on any area within its remit where action or 
improvement is needed. 

•	Produce	an	annual	report	of	the	Company’s	remuneration	

policies and practices which will form part of the Company’s 
Annual Report and ensure that it is put to shareholders for 
approval at the Annual General Meeting. 

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          43

Corporate Governance continued 

Other Responsibilities
•	The	Committee,	at	least	once	a	year,	reviews	its	own	

performance, constitution and terms of reference to ensure it 
is operating at maximum effectiveness and recommends any 
changes it considers necessary to the Board for approval. 

Authority
The Committee is authorised by the Board to seek any information  
it requires from any employee of the Company in order to  
perform its duties. The Committee is also authorised by the  
Board, in connection with the Committee’s duties, to obtain,  
at the Company’s expense, any outside legal or other  
professional advice.

Nominations Committee
The Committee is chaired by Michael Harper. The other members 
of the Committee are Simon Beresford-Wylie, Nigel Moore, Maria 
Richter and Will Wyatt. Whilst not a member of the Committee,  
the Group Chief Executive, Stephen Bird attends meetings of  
the Nominations Committee by invitation. 

There were two Committee meetings held during 2009 and all 
members of the Committee attended each meeting.

During the year, the Committee considered the selection of 
a new Group Chief Executive. The selection of a new Group 
Chief Executive involved the Committee taking advice from an 
executive search company. The Committee considered the merits 
of several internal and external candidates. Extensive interviews 
with each candidate were held by the Committee and, on the 
strength of these, the Committee recommended that Stephen Bird 
be appointed Group Chief Executive. The Board subsequently 
approved the appointment of Stephen Bird as Group Chief 
Executive with effect from 14 April 2009.

The Committee also considered the current composition of 
the Board including independence of non-executive directors, 
Board composition including balance between executive and 
non-executive members, skills represented on the Board and 
succession plans and talent development within the Group both at 
Board level and for senior executives in the Group. The Committee 
has agreed actions to address these issues during 2010. 

Duties of the Nominations Committee:
•	reviewing	the	structure,	size	and	composition	(including	the	
skills, knowledge and experience) required of the Board 
in the future compared to its current position and making 
recommendations	to	the	Board	with	regard	to	any	changes;	

•	giving	full	consideration	to	succession	planning	for	directors	and	
other senior executives, taking into account the challenges and 
opportunities facing the Company, and the skills and expertise 
needed	on	the	Board	in	the	future;	

•	being	responsible	for	identifying	and	nominating	for	the	approval	
of the Board, candidates to fill Board vacancies as and when 
they	arise;	

•	before	any	appointment	is	made	by	the	Board,	evaluating	the	
balance of skills, knowledge and experience on the Board,  
and, in the light of this evaluation preparing a description of  
the role and capabilities required for a particular appointment.  
In identifying suitable candidates the Committee: 

  -  uses open advertising or the services of external advisers to    

		 facilitate	the	search;	

	 -	 considers	candidates	from	a	wide	range	of	backgrounds;	and	

  -  considers candidates on merit and against objective criteria,    
  taking care that appointees have enough time available to  
  devote to the position. 

•	keeping	under	review	the	leadership	needs	of	the	Company,	

both executive and non-executive, with a view to ensuring the 
continuing ability of the Company to compete effectively in the 
marketplace;	

•	keeping	up-to-date	and	fully	informed	about	strategic	issues	and	
commercial changes affecting the Company and the market in 
which	it	operates;	

•	reviewing	annually	the	time	required	from	non-executive	

directors;	and	

•	ensuring	that	on	appointment	to	the	Board,	non-executive	
directors receive a formal letter of appointment setting out 
clearly what is expected of them in terms of time commitment, 
Committee service and involvement outside Board meetings. 

Detailed terms of reference for the Nominations Committee are 
available on the Company’s website.

Reporting Responsibilities
•	The	Committee	Chairman	reports	to	the	Board	on	its	

proceedings after each meeting on all matters within its  
duties and responsibilities. 

•	The	Committee	makes	whatever	recommendations	to	the	 

Board it deems appropriate on any area within its remit where 
action or improvement is needed.

Other Responsibilities
The Committee, at least once a year, reviews its own performance, 
constitution and terms of reference to ensure it is operating 
at maximum effectiveness and recommends any changes it 
considers necessary to the Board for approval.

Authority
The Committee is authorised by the Board to seek any information 
it requires from any employee of the Company in order to perform its 
duties. The Committee is also authorised by the Board, in connection 
with the Committee’s duties, to obtain, at the Company’s expense, 
any outside legal or other professional advice. 

Appointments and re-appointments to the Board:
The Board has power at any time and from time to time to appoint 
any person to be a director, either to fill a casual vacancy or as an 
addition to the existing Board. Any director so appointed shall hold 
office only until the next Annual General Meeting and shall then put 
him or herself forward to be re-appointed by the members.

44          The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

The Chairman and the other non-executive directors are appointed 
for an initial period of three years which, with the approval of the 
Nominations Committee and the Board, would normally be 
extended for a further three years. In exceptional circumstances, 
appointments of non-executive directors may be extended beyond 
six years, with the approval of the Nominations Committee, the 
Board and the individual director concerned, if it is in the interests 
of the Group to do so. Under the Company’s current Articles of 
Association, each director is required to be re-appointed at the third 
Annual General Meeting following that at which he or she was last 
appointed or re-appointed. After taking account of the debate on 
this aspect of corporate governance, the Board has decided that 
commencing with the forthcoming 2010 Annual General Meeting 
that all directors will stand for annual re-election. Full details are 
included within the 2010 Annual General Meeting circular.

Relations with shareholders
The Board continues to recognise the importance of maintaining 
regular contact with its shareholders to ensure that its businesses, 
strategy and remuneration policies are understood and that 
any concerns are addressed in a constructive way. The Board 
communicates with its shareholders through a combination of 
public announcements through the Stock Exchange, analyst 
briefings, road shows and press interviews at the time of the 
announcements of the half year and full year results and, when 
appropriate, at other times in the year. The executive directors, 
the Chairman and the Senior Independent Director also meet with 
investors from time to time. The Annual General Meeting offers  
a further opportunity for the directors to meet with shareholders 
and for the shareholders to ask questions about the business.

The Company sends to its shareholders each year an Annual 
Report and copies of this and of public announcements and 
financial results are published on the Company’s website  
www.vitecgroup.com. 

At meetings of shareholders the level of proxy votes received, 
together with the numbers of votes in favour, against and withheld, 
is announced after each resolution has been dealt with on a  
show of hands. Separate resolutions are proposed for each  
issue upon which shareholders are asked to vote. The Group’s 
website contains details of the 2010 Annual General Meeting 
resolutions and the voting thereon.

The Company has complied with the requirement set out  
in the Code in respect of shareholders meetings to send the  
notice of Annual General Meeting and related papers at least  
20 working days before the meeting. It will continue to comply  
with the requirement.

Internal control and risk management
The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of internal 
controls to safeguard shareholders’ investment and the 
Company’s assets. However, any system can only provide 
reasonable assurance against material misstatement or loss.  
As part of its responsibility, the Board regularly, and at least 
annually, reviews the effectiveness of its internal controls.  

The Group has systems and procedures for internal controls that 
are designed to provide reasonable control over the activities of 
the Group and to enable the Board to fulfil its legal responsibility 
for the keeping of proper accounting records, safeguarding the 
assets of the Group and detecting fraud and other irregularities. 
However, it is recognised that it is in the nature of any business 
that business and commercial risks must be taken and that for a 
business to succeed, enterprise, initiative and the motivation of 
employees are key elements that must not be unduly stifled. It is 
not the intention of the Group to avoid all commercial risks and 
commercial judgements will have to be made in the course of  
the management of the business.

The Board has adopted a risk-based approach to establishing the 
system of internal controls. The application and process followed 
by the Board in reviewing the effectiveness of the system of 
internal controls during the year are as follows:

•	operating	company	management	is	charged	with	the	ongoing	
responsibility for identifying risks facing each of the businesses 
and for putting in place procedures to monitor and manage risks. 

•	this	system	has	been	in	place	for	the	year	under	review	and	 

up to the date of approval of the Annual Report and Accounts. 

•	the	responsibilities	of	the	Chief	Executive	Officer	and	Chief	

Financial Officer at each operating unit to manage risks within 
their businesses are periodically reinforced by Group  
executive management. 

•	major	commercial,	technological	and	financial	risks	to	the	

Group are formally assessed during the annual long term business 
planning process around mid-year. These plans and the attendant 
risks to the Group are reviewed and considered by the Board. 

•	large	capital	projects,	product	development	projects	and	

acquisitions and disposals require Board approval. 

•	the	process	by	which	the	Board	reviews	the	effectiveness	
of internal controls has been agreed by the Board and 
documented. This involves regular reviews by the Board of the 
major business risks of the Group together with the controls 
in place to manage those risks as reported to the Board by 
the Chief Executives of each Division. In addition, each year 
businesses formally review, in detail, all of their business risks 
and their internal controls, including financial, operational 
and compliance controls. They then prepare statements that 
describe the extent of their compliance with control objectives. 
These statements are approved by the Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer of each operating unit and submitted 
to Group executive management for review. Any significant 
matters arising from this review are formally reported to the 
Board by the Group Finance Director. The risk and control 
identification and certification process is monitored and 
periodically reviewed by Group financial management. 

•	a	centralised	database	of	risks	facing	the	Group,	as	well	as	

each individual business, and an evaluation of the impact and 
likelihood of those risks is maintained and updated regularly.

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          45

Corporate Governance continued 

•	the	Board	has	established	a	control	framework	within	which	 

the Group operates. This contains the following key elements: 

  -  organisational structure with clearly defined lines of    
  responsibility, delegation of authority and reporting  
  requirements. 

  -  defined expenditure authorisation levels. 

  -  on-site and telephone conferencing operations reviews  

  covering all aspects of each business are conducted by Group  
  executive management on a regular basis throughout the year. 

  -  comprehensive system of financial reporting. The annual  

  budget and long term plan of each operating company are  
  reviewed in detail and approved by the executive directors.  
  The Board approves the overall Group’s budget and plans.  
  Monthly actual results are reported against prior year and  
  monthly budgets. Forecasts are revised where necessary  
  but formally at least once every quarter. Any significant  
  changes and adverse variances are questioned by the  
  Group executive directors and remedial action is taken  
  where appropriate. Group tax and treasury is coordinated  
  centrally. There is regular  cash and treasury reporting to  
  Group financial management and periodic reporting to  
  the Board on the Group’s tax and treasury position. 

The Board considers that it has fully complied with the Code 
during the year and up to the date of approval of the Annual 
Report and Accounts and that it accords with Turnbull guidance.

The Group implemented an internal audit function in August  
2009, replacing the third party audit consultants. Ten audits took 
place in 2009, the details of which have been reported to the  
Audit Committee.

Going concern
The directors have made appropriate enquiries and consider  
that the Group has adequate resources to continue in  
operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly,  
the directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the accounts.

Statement of directors’ responsibilities in respect of the 
Annual Report and the financial statements
The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the Group and parent company financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare Group and parent 
company financial statements for each financial year. Under that 
law they are required to prepare the Group financial statements 
in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and applicable 
law and have elected to prepare the parent company financial 
statements in accordance with UK Accounting Standards and 
applicable law (UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

Under company law the directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Group and parent company and 
of their profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the  
Group and parent company financial statements, the directors  
are required to:

•	select	suitable	accounting	policies	and	then	apply	them	

consistently;

•	make	judgments	and	estimates	that	are	reasonable	and	prudent;

•	for	the	Group	financial	statements,	state	whether	they	have	been	

prepared	in	accordance	with	IFRS	as	adopted	by	the	EU;

•	for	the	parent	company	financial	statements,	state	whether	
applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, 
subject to any material departures disclosed and explained  
in	the	parent	company	financial	statements;	and

•	prepare	the	financial	statements	on	the	going	concern	basis	
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the 
parent company will continue in business.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent 
company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy  
at any time the financial position of the parent company and 
enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with  
the Companies Act 2006. They have general responsibility for 
taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard 
the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and  
other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also 
responsible for preparing a Directors’ Report, Directors’ 
Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance Statement  
that complies with that law and those regulations.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s 
website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation  
in other jurisdictions.

Disclosure of information to auditors
The directors who held office at the date of approval of this 
Directors’ Report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, 
there is no relevant audit information (as defined in Section 418(2) 
of the Companies Act 2006) of which the Company’s auditors 
are	unaware;	and	each	director	has	taken	all	the	steps	that	they	
ought to have taken as a director to make themselves aware of 
any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditors are aware of that information.

46          The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditors’ Report  
to the members of The Vitec Group plc

We have audited the financial statements of The Vitec Group plc 
for the year ended 31 December 2009. The financial reporting 
framework that has been applied in the preparation of the group 
financial statements is applicable law and International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the EU. The financial 
reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation  
of the parent company financial statements is applicable law  
and UK Accounting Standards (UK Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice).

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body,  
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might  
state to the company’s members those matters we are required  
to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose.  
To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or  
assume responsibility to anyone other than the company  
and the company’s members, as a body, for our audit work,  
for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities 
Statement set out on page 46, the directors are responsible for 
the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit 
the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and 
International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those 
standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices  
Board’s (APB’s) Ethical Standards for Auditors.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements
A description of the scope of an audit of financial statements is 
provided on the APB’s web-site at www.frc.org.uk/apb/scope/UKP.

Opinion on financial statements
In our opinion:

•	the	financial	statements	give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	state	
of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 
December 2009 and of the group’s profit for the year then 
ended;

•	the	group	financial	statements	have	been	properly	prepared	 

in	accordance	with	IFRSs	as	adopted	by	the	EU;

•	the	parent	company	financial	statements	have	been	properly	

prepared in accordance with UK Generally Accepted  
Accounting	Practice;

•	the	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	
the	requirements	of	the	Companies	Act	2006;	and,	as	regards	
the group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the  
Companies Act 2006
In our opinion:

•	the	part	of	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	to	be	audited	 

has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies 
Act	2006;	and

•	the	information	given	in	the	Directors’	Report	for	the	financial	

year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent 
with the financial statements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following:

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, 
in our opinion:

•	adequate	accounting	records	have	not	been	kept	by	the	parent	

company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received	from	branches	not	visited	by	us;	or

•	the	parent	company	financial	statements	and	the	part	of	

the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in 
agreement	with	the	accounting	records	and	returns;	or

•	certain	disclosures	of	directors’	remuneration	specified	by	law	

are	not	made;	or

•	we	have	not	received	all	the	information	and	explanations	we	

require for our audit.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:

•	the	directors’	statement,	set	out	on	page	46,	in	relation	to	 

going	concern;	and

•	the	part	of	the	Corporate	Governance	Statement	on	pages	 
40 to 46 relating to the company’s compliance with the nine 
provisions of the June 2008 Combined Code specified for  
our review.

Lynton Richmond (Senior Statutory Auditor)

for and on behalf of  
KPMG Audit Plc  
Statutory Auditor 
Chartered Accountants 
London

1 March 2010

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          47

Consolidated Income Statement
 For the year ended 31 December 2009

Revenue 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 
Operating expenses 

Operating profit/(loss) 
Finance income  
Finance costs 
Net finance expense  

Profit/(loss) before tax 
Taxation 

Profit/(loss) for the year (attributable to Equity Shareholders) 

Earnings per share  
   Basic earnings per share  
   Diluted earnings per share  

(1) See Note 5 to the Consolidated Accounts.

2009 

2008 

Before 
significant 
items 
£m 

Significant 
items(1) 
£m 

315.1 
(191.2) 

123.9 
(99.4) 

24.5 
2.4 
(4.2) 
(1.8) 

22.7 
(7.2) 

15.5 

(21.6) 

(21.6) 
0.3 
0.4 
0.7 

(20.9) 
8.6 

(12.3) 

Notes 

3 

4/5 

3/6 

5/9 

11 

12

Before 
significant 
items 
£m 

Significant 
items(1) 
£m 

337.7 
(200.6) 

137.1 
(98.7) 

38.4 
3.4 
(6.4) 
(3.0) 

35.4 
(12.0) 

23.4 

(10.2) 

(10.2) 
0.7 
(0.4) 
0.3 

 (9.9) 
6.6 

(3.3) 

Total 
£m 

315.1 
(191.2) 

123.9 
(121.0) 

2.9 
2.7 
(3.8) 
(1.1) 

1.8 
1.4 

3.2 

7.5p 
7.4p 

Total 
£m

337.7
(200.6)

137.1
(108.9)

28.2
4.1
(6.8)
(2.7)

25.5
(5.4)

20.1

48.0p
47.9p

48          The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income
 For the year ended 31 December 2009

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income
Actuarial loss on pension obligations 
Revaluation reserve on property 
Currency translation differences on foreign currency subsidiaries 
Net gain/(loss) on designated effective net investment hedges 
Amounts released to Income Statement in relation to cash flow hedges 
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges 

Other comprehensive income for the year net of tax   
Total comprehensive income for the year (attributable to Equity Shareholders)  

2009 
£m 

3.2 

(6.1) 
- 
(20.8) 
4.0 
3.4 
0.9 

(18.6) 
(15.4)  

2008 
£m

20.1

(1.8)
(0.2)
30.7
(2.6)
(0.3)
(3.7)

22.1
42.2

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet
 As at 31 December 2009

Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Deferred tax assets 

Current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Derivative financial instruments 
Current tax assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets 

Liabilities 
Current liabilities 
Bank loans and other borrowings 
Trade and other payables 
Derivative financial instruments 
Current tax liabilities 
Provisions 

Non-current liabilities 
Bank loans  
Other payables 
Post-employment obligations  
Provisions 
Deferred tax liabilities 

Total liabilities 
Net assets 

Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium 
Translation reserve 
Capital redemption reserve 
Cash flow hedging reserve 
Retained earnings 
Total equity 

Approved by the Board on 1 March 2010 and signed on its behalf. 

Richard Cotton 
Group Finance Director

50          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

Notes 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m

13 
14 
18 
16 

17 
18 
19 
20 

22 
19 
20 
23 

19 
22 
27 
23 
16 

24 

54.6  
58.2  
0.3  
18.1  
131.2  

51.9  
45.5  
1.7  
 -  
12.1  
111.2  
242.4  

 -  
46.5  
0.3  
 6.6  
 8.6  
 62.0  

52.7  
0.1  
11.0  
4.4  
1.0  
 69.2  
131.2  
111.2  

 8.6  
 9.0  
5.5  
1.6  
0.6 
 85.9 
111.2  

 63.6 
 71.6 
1.2 
17.8 
154.2 

 76.4 
 60.2 
0.7 
0.8 
14.9 
153.0 
307.2 

3.0 
 71.5 
 7.4 
 9.7 
4.1 
 95.7 

 64.9 
0.1 
5.9 
5.7 
1.5 
 78.1 
173.8 
133.4 

 8.5 
 7.5 
22.3 
1.6 
(3.7)
97.2 
133.4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity
 As at 31 December 2009

Balance at 1 January 2008  

Total comprehensive income for the year 
Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income
Actuarial loss on pension obligations 
Revaluation reserve on property 
Currency translation differences on foreign currency subsidiaries 
Net loss on designated effective net investment hedges   
Amounts released to Income Statement in relation to cash flow hedges 
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges 
Total other comprehensive income net of tax 
Total comprehensive income for the year 

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity  
Contributions by and distributions to owners 
Dividends paid 
Own shares (Treasury) purchased 
Own shares (Employee Benefit Trust) purchased 
Equity-settled transactions 
New shares issued 
Total transactions with owners 
Balance at 31 December 2008 

Share 
capital 
£m 

8.4 

Share 
premium 
£m 

Translation 
reserve 
£m 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m 

Cash flow 
hedging 
reserve 
£m 

Retained 
earnings 
£m 

 7.0 

(5.8) 

1.6 

0.3 

85.8 

Total 
equity 
£m

97.3

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
0.1  
0.1  
8.5  

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
(0.7) 
- 
- 
1.2  
0.5 
 7.5  

- 

- 
- 
30.7 
(2.6) 
- 
- 
28.1 
28.1 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
22.3  

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
 - 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1.6  

- 

20.1 

20.1

- 
- 
- 
- 
(0.3) 
(3.7) 
(4.0) 
(4.0) 

- 
- 
-  
- 
- 
- 
(3.7) 

(1.8) 
(0.2) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(2.0) 
18.1 

(7.7) 

0.2  
0.8  

(6.7) 
 97.2  

(1.8)
(0.2)
30.7 
(2.6)
(0.3)
(3.7)
22.1 
42.2 

(7.7)
(0.7)
0.2 
0.8 
1.3 
(6.1)
133.4 

Balance at 1 January 2009 

8.5  

 7.5  

22.3  

1.6  

(3.7) 

 97.2  

133.4 

Total comprehensive income for the year  
Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income 
Actuarial loss on pension obligations 
Currency translation differences on foreign currency subsidiaries 
Net gain on designated effective net investment hedges   
Amounts released to Income Statement in relation to cash flow hedges 
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges 
Total other comprehensive income net of tax 
Total comprehensive income for the year 

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity  
Contributions by and distributions to owners 
Dividends paid 
Own shares (Treasury) purchased 
Own shares (Employee Benefit Trust) purchased 
Equity-settled transactions 
New shares issued 
Total transactions with owners 
 Balance at 31 December 2009 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
0.1 
0.1 
8.6 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
0.7 
- 
- 
0.8 
1.5 
9.0 

- 

- 
(20.8) 
4.0 
- 
- 
(16.8) 
(16.8) 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
5.5 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1.6 

- 

3.2  

3.2 

- 
- 
- 
3.4 
0.9 
4.3  
4.3  

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
0.6 

(6.1) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(6.1) 
(2.9) 

(7.8) 
(0.7) 
(0.6) 
0.7 
- 
(8.4) 
85.9 

(6.1)
(20.8)
4.0 
3.4 
0.9 
(18.6)
(15.4)

(7.8)
- 
(0.6)
0.7 
0.9 
(6.8)
111.2 

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement 
of Cash Flows
 For the year ended 31 December 2009

Cash flows from operating activities:
Profit for the year 
Adjustments for: 
   Taxation 
   Depreciation 

Impairment losses on property, plant and equipment   
   Net gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
   Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
   Amortisation of capitalised software and development costs 
   Goodwill impairment 
   Loss on disposal of business 
   Provision against equity-accounted investment 
   Fair value (gains)/losses on derivative financial instruments 
   Cost of equity-settled employee share schemes 
   Financial income 
   Financial expense 

Operating profit before changes in working capital and provisions  
Decrease in inventories 
Decrease in receivables 
Decrease in payables 
Increase in provisions  

Cash generated from operating activities  
Interest paid 
Tax paid 
Net cash from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities  
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment   
Software costs capitalised as intangible assets 
Development costs capitalised as intangible assets 
Purchase of other intangible assets 
Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired 
Disposal of business 
Interest received 
Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities  
Proceeds from the issue of shares 
Purchase of own shares by Employee Benefit Trust 
Purchase of Treasury shares 
(Repayment)/borrowing of bank loans and other borrowings 
Dividends paid 
Net cash used in financing activities 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January 
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held  
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 

52          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

Note 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m

3.2 

20.1

(1.4) 
14.3  
2.5  
(1.0) 
8.5  
1.3  
 -  
0.7  
 -  
(0.6) 
1.4  
(2.7) 
3.8  

30.0  
16.6  
10.3  
(19.6) 
5.5  

42.8  
(2.1) 
(4.3) 
36.4  

1.6  
(13.6) 
(1.1) 
(0.6) 
-  
(3.0) 
0.7  
-  
(16.0) 

0.5  
(0.6) 
-  
(11.2) 
(7.8) 
(19.1) 

1.3  
14.9  
(4.1) 
12.1  

5.4 
11.6 
 - 
(1.6)
 7.1 
1.2 
2.1 
 - 
1.3 
0.4 
1.7 
(4.1)
 6.8 

52.0 
 8.7 
3.8 
(21.0)
0.8 

44.3 
(3.7)
(6.7)
33.9 

2.6 
(16.4)
(0.9)
 - 
(0.3)
(11.8)
 - 
0.1 
(26.7)

0.5 
 - 
(0.7)
4.1 
(7.7)
(3.8)

3.4 
 7.3 
4.2 
14.9 

25 

25 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Accounts

The Vitec Group Accounting Policies under IFRS

1a. Reporting Entity
The Vitec Group plc (the Company) is a company domiciled in 
the United Kingdom. The consolidated financial statements of 
the Company as at and for the year ended 31 December 2009 
comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred  
to as the Group). 

1b. Basis of Preparation
The financial statements are presented in Sterling with the 
functional currency of the legal entities of the Group generally 
being that of the local country. The financial statements are 
prepared on the historical cost basis except that the following 
assets and liabilities are stated at their fair value:

• Derivative financial instruments.

• The Group’s defined benefit asset is recognised as the net total 
of the plan assets, plus unrecognised past service cost and 
unrecognised actuarial losses, less unrecognised actuarial  
gains and the present value of the defined benefit obligations.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with 
International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU 
(IFRS) requires management to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. The 
estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical 
experience and various other factors that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the 
basis of making the judgements about carrying values of assets 
and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an 
ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised 
in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects 
only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods 
if the revision affects both current and future periods.

Those judgements made by management in the application 
of IFRS that have significant effect on the financial statements 
and the estimates that are considered by the directors to have 
a significant risk of material adjustment in the next year are 
discussed in Note 29.

1c. Accounting Judgements - Going Concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely  
to affect its future development, performance and position are set 
out in the Directors’ Report. The financial position of the Group,  
its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are 
described in the Financial Review on pages 12 to 15. In addition, 
Note 19 to the financial statements includes the Group’s 
objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital; 
its financial risk management objectives; details of its financial 
instruments and hedging activities; its exposure to credit risk  
and liquidity risk.

The Group has considerable financial resources. As a consequence, 
the directors believe that the Group is well placed to manage  
its business risks successfully despite the current uncertain 
economic outlook.

After making enquiries, the directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue  
in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, 
they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
Annual Report and Accounts. 

1d. Statement of Compliance
The Group financial statements have been prepared and approved 
by the directors in accordance with IFRS. The Company has 
elected to prepare its parent company financial statements in 
accordance with UK GAAP.

2. Accounting Policies
The accounting policies set out below have been applied 
consistently to all periods presented in these consolidated  
financial statements.

Basis of consolidation
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. Control exists 
when the Group has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern  
the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain 
benefits from its activities. The results of subsidiaries sold or 
acquired during the year are included in the accounts up to,  
or from, the date that control passes.

Intra-Group balances, and any unrealised gains and losses or 
income and expenses arising from intra-Group transactions, are 
eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant 
influence, but not control, over the financial and operating policies. 
Significant influence is presumed to exist when the Group holds 
between 20% to 50% of the voting power of another entity. 
Associates are accounted for using the equity method (equity 
accounted investments) and are initially recognised at cost.  
The Group’s equity accounted investment includes goodwill 
identified on acquisition, net of any accumulated impairment 
losses. The consolidated financial statements include the Group’s 
share of income and expenses and equity movements of equity 
accounted investments, after adjustments to align the accounting 
policies with those of the Group, from the date that significant 
influence commences until the date that significant influence 
ceases. When the Group’s share of losses exceeds its interest 
in an equity accounted investment, the carrying amount of that 
interest is reduced to nil and the recognition of further losses  
is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has an 
obligation or has made payments on behalf of the associate.

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          53

Notes to the Consolidated Accounts continued

Business combinations
All business combinations are accounted for by applying the 
purchase method. In respect of business acquisitions that have 
occurred since 1 January 2004, goodwill represents the excess of 
the cost of the acquisition over the Group’s interest in the net fair 
value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities  
of the acquiree. When the excess is negative (negative goodwill),  
it is recognised immediately in the Income Statement.

In respect of acquisitions prior to this date, goodwill is included 
on the basis of its deemed cost, which represents the amount 
previously recorded under UK GAAP.

Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment 
losses. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the 
purposes of impairment testing. Goodwill is no longer amortised 
but is tested annually for impairment.

Impairment
The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets on the 
balance sheet are reviewed at each reporting date to determine 
whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication 
exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For 
goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives 
or that are not yet available for use, the recoverable amount is 
estimated each year at the same time.

The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit  
(CGU) is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs 
to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows 
are discounted to their present value using a post-tax discount 
rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value  
of money and the specific risks.

Key assumptions in the cash flow forecasts are:

• Pre-tax WACC is 12-13%, adjusted specifically for the relevant 

CGU is used;

• Future profit projections – the first three years are based on 
budgets which have been presented to the Board. These 
budgets are based on past experience, the current economic 
environment and knowledge of the CGU; and

• Growth rate beyond five years – based principally on inflation  

of the relevant country.

For the purpose of impairment testing, assets that cannot be 
tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group  
of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that  
are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or 
groups of assets (the “cash-generating unit”, or “CGU”).

The principal CGUs of the Group for the purposes of impairment 
testing of intangible assets are:

• RF Extreme

• Staging Systems

• Litepanels

An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an 
asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. 
Impairment losses are recognised in the Income Statement. 
Impairment losses recognised in respect of CGUs are allocated 
first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the 
units, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets 
in the unit on a pro rata basis.

Revenue
Revenue, which excludes value added tax and sales between 
Group companies, represents the value of products and services 
sold. Revenue from the sale of goods is measured at the fair value 
of the consideration received or receivable, net of returns and 
allowances, trade discounts and volume rebates. Other than for 
long term contracts, the treatment of which is set out separately 
below, revenue arising from product sales is recognised when the 
significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred 
to the buyer, which is normally when title passes to the customer.

Revenue arising from asset rental is recognised over the duration 
of the rental contract, on a straight line basis, at the gross amount 
billed to the customer.

No revenue is recognised if there are significant uncertainties 
regarding the recovery of the consideration due, associated costs 
or the possible return of goods and continuing management 
involvement with the goods.

Long term contracts
Contract revenue and expenses are recognised in the Income 
Statement in proportion to the stage of completion of the contract, 
to the extent that the contract outcome can be estimated reliably. 
The stage of completion is assessed by reference to surveys of 
work performed. An expected loss on a contract is recognised 
immediately in the Income Statement.

Amounts recoverable on contracts are included in receivables and 
represent revenue recognised in excess of payments on account.

Foreign currency
Transactions in foreign currencies with overseas customers and 
suppliers are converted at the date at which transactions occur.

54          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

Monetary assets and liabilities are translated at the period-end 
rates and the gains or losses on translation are included in the 
Income Statement. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are 
measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are 
translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. 
Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies that are stated at fair value are translated using 
exchange rates ruling at the date the fair value was determined.

Foreign currency gains and losses on inter-company loans are 
recorded directly in reserves if they form part of a net investment 
and repayment is neither planned nor likely to occur in the 
foreseeable future.

Property, plant and equipment
Depreciation is provided at rates estimated to write off the cost 
or valuation of the relevant assets less their estimated residual 
values by equal annual amounts over their expected useful lives. 
Residual values and expected useful lives are reassessed annually. 
No depreciation is provided on freehold land. Other property, plant 
and equipment are depreciated at the rates indicated below: 

Freehold and long leasehold buildings 
Leasehold improvements 
Plant and machinery  
Motor vehicles  
Equipment, fixtures and fittings  
Rental equipment  

2% – 5% on cost or valuation
  over the remaining period of the lease
121/2% – 25% on cost 
25% – 331/3% on cost 
10% – 331/3% on cost 
20% – 331/3% on cost 

Foreign trading profits and cash flows are translated at a weighted 
average rate for the period. The assets and liabilities of overseas 
companies, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising 
on consolidation, are translated using foreign exchange rates 
ruling at the balance sheet date.

Differences on translation of net investments in overseas 
companies, and of related hedges, are taken directly to the 
translation reserve. They are released to the Income Statement  
on disposal.

Pension costs
The costs of providing pensions for employees under defined 
contribution schemes are expensed as incurred.

The Group’s net obligation in respect of defined benefit pension 
plans is calculated separately for each plan by estimating the 
amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return 
for their service in the current and prior periods. That benefit is 
discounted to determine its present value, and the fair value of  
any plan assets is deducted. The discount rate for UK schemes 
has been derived based on redemption yields on appropriate 
British Government bonds, plus a margin representing the 
yield premium on long-dated AA corporate bonds over British 
Government bonds. The calculation is performed by a qualified 
actuary using the projected unit credit method. The Group 
recognises the ongoing service cost in the Income Statement 
as part of operating profit. The Group recognises the unwinding 
of the discount (above) and the return on plan assets in the 
Income Statement as part of net financial expense. All actuarial 
gains and losses are recognised in the Statement of Changes in 
Equity. The Group’s net obligations in respect of overseas defined 
benefit pensions plans are estimated by qualified actuaries using 
appropriate methodologies.

Past-service costs are recognised immediately in the Income 
Statement, unless the changes to the pension plan are conditional 
on the employees remaining in service for a specified period of 
time (the vesting period). In this case, the past-service costs are 
amortised on a straight line basis over the vesting period.

Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. In accordance 
with IFRS 1, certain land and buildings that had been revalued  
to fair value prior to 1 January 2004 are measured on the basis  
of deemed cost, being the revalued amount at the date of  
that revaluation. 

Research and development 
The Group spends money on research projects and on projects 
to apply research findings to gain new scientific or technical 
knowledge and understanding. This expenditure is recognised  
in the Income Statement as incurred.

Once detailed criteria have been met that confirm that the product 
or process is both technically and commercially feasible and the 
Group has sufficient resources to complete the project, any further 
expenditure incurred on the project is capitalised. The capitalised 
expenditure includes the cost of materials, direct labour and an 
appropriate portion of overheads.

Capitalised expenditure is amortised over the life of the project  
and is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
impairment losses.

Other intangible assets
Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the  
basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the  
specific software. These costs are amortised using the straight  
line method over their estimated useful lives.

Costs associated with maintaining computer software 
programmes are recognised as an expense as incurred. Costs 
that are directly associated with the production of identifiable and 
unique software products controlled by the Group, and that will 
probably generate economic benefits exceeding costs beyond  
one year, are capitalised and recognised as intangible assets.

Computer software development costs recognised as assets  
are amortised using the straight line method.

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          55

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Accounts continued

Intangible assets arising on acquisition are amortised at the rates 
indicated below: 

Backlog 
Brand  
Customer relationships  
Technology  
Software licences  

100% in first year
6.7% – 33% on cost 
6.7% – 33% on cost 
6.7% – 20% on cost 
20.0% – 33% on cost

Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. 
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary 
course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and 
selling expenses. Cost is based on average cost or the first in first 
out method as appropriate, and includes the cost of materials, 
direct labour and production overheads (based on normal 
operating capacity) incurred in bringing stocks and work in 
progress to their present location and condition. Provisions  
for inventories are recognised when the book value exceeds  
its net realisable value.

Derivatives and hedge accounting 
The Group uses derivative financial instruments (derivatives) 
to hedge its exposure to foreign exchange risks arising from 
operational activities. The Group does not hold or issue derivatives 
for trading purposes. However, derivatives that do not qualify for 
hedge accounting are accounted for as trading instruments. 

Derivatives are recognised initially at fair value, and subsequent 
to initial recognition are measured at fair value. The fair value of 
forward exchange contracts is their quoted market price at the 
balance sheet date, being the present value of the quoted forward 
price. The fair value of “simple” option contracts is their quoted 
market price at the balance sheet date. 

Derivatives are de-recognised when they mature or are sold.

The gain or loss on re-measurement to fair value is recognised 
immediately in the Income Statement unless the derivatives qualify 
for hedge accounting.

Cash flow hedges - Where a derivative is designated as a hedge 
of the variability in cash flows of a highly probable forecast transaction 
(a hedging instrument), the effective part of any gain or loss on  
the hedging instrument is recognised directly in equity. This gain  
or loss is removed from equity and recognised in the Income 
Statement in the same period during which the hedged forecast 
transaction affects profit or loss. The ineffective part of any gain  
or loss is recognised immediately in the Income Statement.

If a hedging instrument expires or is sold but the hedged forecast 
transaction is still expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss 
at that point remains in equity and is recognised in accordance 
with the above policy when the transaction occurs. If the hedged 
transaction is no longer expected to take place, the cumulative 
unrealised gain or loss recognised in equity is recognised 
immediately in the Income Statement.

56          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

Hedge of monetary assets and liabilities - Where a derivative is 
used to hedge economically the foreign exchange exposure of 
a recognised monetary asset or liability, no hedge accounting 
is applied and any gain or loss on the hedging instrument is 
recognised in the Income Statement.

Hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation - The portion of 
the gain or loss on an instrument used to hedge a net investment 
in a foreign operation that is determined to be an effective hedge is 
recognised directly in equity. The ineffective portion is recognised 
immediately in the Income Statement. The effective portion will  
be recycled into the Income Statement on the sale of the  
foreign operation.

Interest-bearing borrowings
Interest-bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair value 
plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to 
initial recognition these transaction costs are recognised in the 
Income Statement over the term of the related borrowings.

Income tax 
The tax expense in the Income Statement represents the sum  
of tax currently payable and deferred tax. Current tax is the 
expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using  
tax rates substantively enacted at the balance sheet date,  
and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, 
providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the 
amounts used for taxation purposes. The amount of deferred  
tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation  
or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities,  
using tax rates enacted at the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary 
differences, carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax 
losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be 
available against which the deductible temporary differences,  
and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax  
losses can be utilised except: 

• Where the deferred income tax asset relating to the deductible 

temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of an asset 
or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination 
and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting 
profit or taxable profit or loss; and

• In respect of deductible temporary differences associated with 
investments in subsidiaries, where deferred tax assets are only 
recognised to the extent that it is probable that the temporary 
differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable 
profit will be available against which the temporary difference  
can be utilised. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed  
at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is  
no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit would be available 
to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilised. 

Deferred tax liabilities are not recognised for the following 
temporary differences: 

The fair value of the amount payable to employees in respect of 
share appreciation rights, which are settled in cash, is recognised 
as an expense, with a corresponding increase in liabilities, over the 
period in which the employees become unconditionally entitled to 
payment. The liability is re-measured at each reporting date and  
at settlement date. Any changes in the fair value of the liability  
are recognised as personnel expense in profit or loss.

• Goodwill not deductible for tax purposes or the initial recognition 

of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business 
combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither 
the accounting profit nor the taxable profit or loss; and

• Differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent 

that the timing of the reversal is controlled by the Company and 
they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

IAS 12 requires deferred tax to be provided in respect of 
undistributed profits of overseas subsidiaries unless the parent 
is able to control the timing of remittances and it is probable 
that such remittances will not be made in the foreseeable future. 
As the Group is able to control the timing of remittances from 
overseas subsidiaries, no provision has been made for any tax 
on undistributed profits of overseas subsidiaries. Similarly, no 
deferred tax assets or liabilities have been recognised in respect of 
temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries.

Employee share schemes 
The Group operates a number of share based incentive schemes, 
some of which entitle the beneficiary to shares (equity-settled) 
and others that entitle the beneficiary to cash (cash-settled). 
The schemes in place prior to 2005 were based on share price 
movements. A new equity-settled scheme was set up in 2005  
that is based on Total Shareholder Returns (TSR).

The fair values of options are calculated using Black-Scholes or 
Monte Carlo simulation models. 

For equity-settled options, Income Statement charges are made 
based on the fair value of these options at the date of grant  
and on the estimated number options expected to vest after 
adjusting for lapses due to leavers during the life of the scheme 
and achievement of any non-market based vesting conditions  
(for example, profitability and sales growth targets). Subsequently, 
at each balance sheet date prior to vesting of the relevant awards, 
the Group revises the estimates of the number of options that 
are expected to vest after adjusting for expected leavers and 
estimated achievement of non-market based vesting conditions. 
The Group recognises the expense in the Income Statement,  
and a corresponding adjustment to equity.

The Group makes charges to the Income Statement for any 
potential employer’s Social Security liability on options granted, 
based on an estimate of the fair value of the option. 

All of these charges are spread over the measurement period  
of the option.

Leases 
Payments made under operating leases are charged to the 
Income Statement on a straight line basis. 

Assets held for short term rental are recorded as plant and 
machinery within property, plant and equipment and depreciated 
over their estimated useful lives. Rental income from these assets is 
recognised as earned on a straight line basis over the rental period.

Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other receivables are stated at their cost less provision 
for doubtful debts.

A provision for impairment is established when there is objective 
evidence that amounts due will not be collected according to the 
original terms of the receivables. Significant financial difficulties of 
the debtor and default or delinquency in payments are considered 
indicators that the trade receivable is impaired.

Dividends 
The final annual dividend is not provided for until approved at the 
Annual General Meeting. Dividends are charged in the period they 
are paid.

Provisions 
Provisions are recognised in the balance sheet when the Group 
has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past 
event and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits 
will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect is material, 
provisions are determined by discounting the expected future  
cash flows at an appropriate discount rate.

Provisions for warranties, based on historical warranty data, are 
recognised when the underlying products or services are sold. 
Provisions for restructuring are recognised when the Group 
has approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan and the 
restructuring has either commenced or has been announced. 
Provisions for onerous contracts are recognised when the 
unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract 
exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under it. 

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          57

Notes to the Consolidated Accounts continued

Presentation of financial statements
The Group applies revised IAS 1 Presentation of Financial 
Statements (2007), which became effective as of 1 January 2009. 
As a result, the Group presents in the Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity all owner changes in equity, whereas all 
non-owner changes in equity are presented in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Comparative information has been re-presented so that it is  
also in conformity with the revised standard. Since the change  
in accounting policy only impacts presentation aspects, there  
is no impact on earnings per share. 

Fair value measurement disclosures
Additional disclosures have been made in respect of the 
amendments to IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures. 

Other
No other standards/interpretations had a material impact on the 
financial statements.

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
A number of new standards, amendments to standards and 
interpretations are not yet effective for the year ended 31 
December 2009 and have not been applied in preparing these 
consolidated financial statements. None of these will have an 
effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Group, 
except for Eligible Hedged Items − Amendment to IAS 39 Financial 
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, which clarifies the 
existing principles that determine whether specific risks or portions 
of cash flows are eligible for designation in a hedging relationship. 
The amendment, which becomes mandatory for the Group’s 2010 
consolidated financial statements, is not expected to have  
a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Segment reporting 
An operating segment is identified by IFRS 8 as a component of 
an entity that engages in business activities from which it may earn 
revenues and incur expenses, including revenues and expenses 
relating to transactions with other components of the same entity; 
whose operating results are reviewed regularly by the entity’s  
Chief Operating Decision Maker in order to allocate resources  
and assess its performance; and for which discrete financial 
information is available.

The Group is managed through three Divisions, which represent 
reporting segments that are compliant with IFRS 8.

Net financial expense 
Net financial expense comprises interest payable on borrowings, 
interest receivable on funds invested, the amortisation of loan 
costs, foreign exchange gains and losses on external or inter-
company loans or investments to the extent that they are 
recognised in the Income Statement, the finance element of  
the charge or credit relating to defined benefit pension schemes 
and gains and losses on derivatives to the extent that they are 
recognised in the Income Statement.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents represent cash in hand and demand 
deposits at banks. Demand deposits are short term highly liquid 
investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of 
cash without penalty and that are subject to an insignificant risk of 
changes in value. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand, 
which form an integral part of the Group’s cash management,  
are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for  
the purpose of the statement of cash flows.

Change in accounting policies
Determination and presentation of operating segments
IFRS 8 Operating Segments has been adopted during the year. 
IFRS 8 is materially different in its requirements to IAS 14, its 
predecessor standard. The Group has therefore undertaken  
a thorough review of IFRS 8’s requirements, in particular the 
nature and composition of information that is laid before the Chief 
Operating Decision Maker. The Group continues to be managed 
through three Divisions, which represent reporting segments that 
are compliant with IFRS 8. Each of these Divisions supplies a 
range of products to customers operating in diverse markets.  
The performance of the three Divisions is assessed by reference 
to operating profit before significant items and this also represents 
the segment results for the purposes of reporting in accordance 
with IFRS 8. Accordingly, on the adoption of IFRS 8, no changes 
were required to be made to segment revenue, profit or other 
results previously presented in accordance with IAS 14  
Segment Reporting.

58          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

3 Segment reporting

Reportable segments

Revenue from external customers: 
   Sales 
   Services 

Total revenue from external customers 
Inter-segment revenue (1) 
Total revenue 

Operating profit before significant items 
Other operating income 
Provision against equity-accounted investment 
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
Impairment of goodwill 
Restructuring costs 
Impairment losses on property 
Loss on disposal of business 

Segment result 
Net finance costs 
Taxation 
Profit for the year 

Segment assets 
Unallocated assets 
   Cash and cash equivalents 
   Current tax assets 
   Deferred tax assets 
Total assets 

Segment liabilities 
Unallocated liabilities 
   Bank loans 
   Current tax liabilities 
   Deferred tax liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Imaging  
& Staging 

Videocom 

Services 

Corporate and  
unallocated 

Consolidated

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m

141.8   135.8   145.1   171.0  
1.6  

1.9  

 - 

 - 

141.8   135.8   147.0   172.6  
2.0  
142.5   138.1   150.4   174.6  

3.4  

0.7  

2.3  

17.7  
 - 
 - 
(0.8) 
 - 
 (2.3) 
 (1.5) 
 (0.7) 

15.6  
0.3  
 - 
(0.7) 
 (2.1) 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 8.5  
 - 
 - 
(7.7) 
 - 
 (8.2) 
 - 
 - 

21.7  
 - 
 - 
(6.4) 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 6.1  
20.2  

26.3  
 - 
26.3  

(1.7) 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 (0.4) 
 - 
 - 

12.4  

13.1  

 (7.4) 

15.3  

 (2.1) 

 6.3  
23.0  

29.3  
 - 
29.3  

1.1  
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

1.1  

 - 
 - 

 - 
(4.1) 
(4.1) 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 - 

 - 
 - 

293.0   313.1 
24.6 

22.1  

 - 
(4.3) 
(4.3) 

 - 
 - 
(1.3) 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 (1.3) 

315.1   337.7 
 -
315.1   337.7 

 - 

24.5  
 - 
 - 
(8.5) 
 - 
(10.9) 
(1.5) 
(0.7) 

2.9  
 (1.1) 
1.4  
3.2  

38.4 
0.3 
(1.3)
(7.1)
(2.1)
 -
 -
 -

28.2 
(2.7)
(5.4)
20.1 

 84.0   104.2   102.2   140.2  

24.7  

27.3  

1.3  

2.0   212.2   273.7 

25.2  

31.0  

40.7  

51.4  

2.1  

1.9  

2.9  

10.4  

 70.9  

 94.7 

12.1  
 - 
18.1  

14.9  
0.8  
17.8  

12.1  
 - 
18.1  

14.9 
0.8 
17.8 
242.4   307.2 

52.7  
 6.6  
1.0  

 67.9  
 9.7  
1.5  

52.7  
 6.6  
1.0  

 67.9 
 9.7 
1.5 
131.2   173.8 

Cash flows from operating activities 
Cash flows from investing activities 
Cash flows from financing activities 

Capital expenditure  
(including assets acquired within acquisitions) 
   Property, plant and equipment 

Intangible assets 

(1) Inter-segment pricing is determined on an arm’s length basis. 

19.3  
 (5.1) 
 - 

 8.4  
 (6.0) 
 - 

 6.0  
 (4.1) 
 (2.8) 

15.7  
 (1.2) 
 - 

4.7  
 (5.7) 
 - 

3.2  
 (3.0) 
 - 

 6.4  
 (1.1) 
 (16.3) 

 6.6  
 (16.5) 
 (3.8) 

36.4  
 (16.0) 
 (19.1) 

33.9 
(26.7)
(3.8)

4.1  
1.0  

5.6  
0.6  

2.3  
0.7  

 6.5  
 7.9  

 7.2  
 - 

4.7  
 - 

 - 
 - 

 - 
 - 

13.6  
1.7  

16.8 
 8.5 

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          59

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Accounts continued

3 Segment reporting continued

Geographical segments

Revenue from external customers: 
   by location of customer 

Segment assets 
Unallocated assets 
   Cash and cash equivalents 
   Current tax assets 
   Deferred tax assets 
Total assets 

The rest 
of Europe 

United  
Kingdom 

The 
Americas 

The rest of 
the world 

Corporate and  
Unallocated 

Consolidated

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m

 74.9  

 87.8  

21.6  

20.6   167.1   178.0  

51.5  

51.3  

 -  

 -   315.1   337.7 

52.1 

 67.0  

31.5 

40.4 

108.9   143.1 

18.4 

21.2 

1.3 

2.0 

212.2 

273.7 

12.1 
- 
18.1 

14.9 
0.8 
17.8 

12.1 
- 
18.1 
242.4 

14.9 
0.8 
17.8 
307.2

33.9 
(26.7)
(3.8)

Cash flows from operating activities 
Cash flows from investing activities 
Cash flows from financing activities 

14.7 
(3.5) 
 - 

13.5  
(5.5) 
 - 

8.2 
(1.0) 
 - 

5.6  
(3.7) 
 - 

5.4 
(10.1) 
(2.8) 

4.9  
(11.5) 
 - 

1.7 
(0.3) 
 - 

3.3  
(1.2) 
 - 

6.4  
(1.1) 
(16.3) 

 6.6  
(4.8) 
(3.8) 

36.4 
(16.0) 
(19.1) 

Capital expenditure  
(including assets acquired within acquisitions) 
   Property, plant and equipment 

Intangible assets 

4 Analysis of net operating expenses 

4.0 
0.5 

5.7  
0.5  

0.7 
0.1 

3.5  
1.5  

8.7 
0.9 

 7.5  
 6.5  

0.2 
0.2  

0.1  
 - 

 - 
 - 

 - 
 - 

13.6 
1.7  

16.8 
 8.5 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m

10.9  
1.6  
- 
8.5 
40.9 
61.9 
45.9 
12.5 
0.7 -
- 
- 
121.0 

 -
 -
2.1 
7.1 
43.4 
52.6 
42.8 
12.5 

1.3
(0.3)
108.9

Analysis of net operating expenses 
Administrative expenses 
- restructuring costs 
- impairment losses on property, plant and equipment 
- impairment of goodwill 
- amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
- other administrative expenses  

Marketing, selling and distribution costs 
Research, development and engineering costs  
Loss on disposal of business 
Provision against equity-accounted investment 
Profit on the sale of property assets 
Net operating expenses 

60          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
5 Significant items
Significant items are those items of financial performance that the directors consider should be separately disclosed to assist in the 
understanding of the underlying trading and financial performance achieved by the Group and in making projections of future results.

Significant items comprise the following:

(a) Operating expenses 

Loss on disposal of business 
Provision against equity-accounted investment 
Profit on the sale of property assets 
Restructuring costs 
Impairment loss on property 
Impairment of goodwill 
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 

2009 
£m 

 (0.7) 
- 
- 
(10.9) 
(1.5) 
- 
(8.5) 
(21.6) 

2008 
£m

 -
0.3
(1.3)
 -
 -
(2.1)
(7.1)
(10.2)

On 27 March 2009, the Group divested the IFF Staging business. The disposal gave rise to a loss of £0.7 million. See Note 25. 

Restructuring costs of £10.9 million comprise £2.3 million within Imaging & Staging Division, £8.2 million within Videocom Division  
and £0.4 million within Services Division. These costs relate to actions implemented or committed across all Divisions in response  
to the severe downturn in market conditions. 

An impairment loss on property of £1.5 million arose in the Imaging & Staging Division. 

(b) Other financial income/(expense) 

Currency translation gains 
Net fair value gains/(losses) on financial instruments  

2009 
£m 

0.3  
0.4  
0.7  

2008 
£m

0.7 
(0.4)
0.3 

The currency translation differences which arise on certain intra-Group funding balances are recorded in significant items within other financial income. 

The Group uses options as part of its hedging of future foreign exchange cash flows. As such options are held to maturity, the ultimate net 
amount charged to the Income Statement in respect of any option will always equate to the initial premium paid for that option. However, 
as a result of the time value of such options being marked to market at each balance sheet date, volatile income and expenses can be 
introduced between periods and such amounts are therefore identified as significant other financial income or expense.  

(c) Taxation 

Current tax credit 
Deferred tax credit 
Deferred tax charge 

2009 
£m 

3.1  
8.2  
(2.7) 
8.6  

2008 
£m

 -
 8.8 
(2.2)
 6.6 

Liabilities provided for tax exposures arising in prior years amounting to £3.1 million are no longer required. 

The deferred tax assets recognised in the period under significant items were £8.2 million (2008: £8.8 million) as follows: 

(a)  Deferred tax assets were generated during the year as a result of the restructuring activities that took place within the Group.  

This has resulted in a deferred tax credit of £5.2 million (2008: £nil). 

(b)  A deferred tax asset of £2.8 million (2008: £2.3 million) has been recognised as a result of timing differences between the 

amortisation for accounting purposes of intangible assets acquired on the acquisition of RF Systems and Litepanels in the  
US and the amortisation of these assets for tax purposes.

(c)  A deferred tax asset of £0.2 million (2008: nil) has been recognised to offset deferred tax liabilities, recognised in the  

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, arising on unrecognised gains on cash flow hedges. 

Certain deferred tax assets have been written down to nil, reflecting an assessment of their likely future recoverability.  
This has resulted in a deferred tax charge of £2.7 million (2008: £nil).   

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Accounts continued

6 Operating profit

The following items are included in operating profit 
Goodwill impairment 
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
Amortisation of capitalised software and development costs 
Depreciation 
Net gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Impairment losses on property, plant and equipment 
Employee share based incentive schemes 
Loss on disposal of business 
Redundancy and restructuring costs 
Operating lease rental expense 
   Plant, machinery and vehicles 
   Property 
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements 
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors and its associates for other services 
   The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation 
   Other services relating to taxation 
   Other services relating to employee benefits 

7 Employees

Aggregate remuneration of all employees during the year 
Wages and salaries (1) 
Employers’ social security costs 
Employers’ pension costs - defined benefit schemes 
Employers’ pension costs - defined contribution schemes 
Other employment benefits 
Cost of equity-settled employee share schemes 
Cost of cash-settled employee share schemes 

(1) Wages and salaries for 2009 include £4.1 million of redundancy payments made as part of the restructuring. 

Average number of employees during the year 
Imaging & Staging 
Videocom (2) 
Services 
Head Office 

2009 
£m 

- 
8.5  
1.3  
14.3  
(1.0) 
2.5  
1.4  
0.7  
10.9  

0.5  
5.5  
0.1  

0.4  
0.1  
0.1  

2009 
£m 

80.9  
10.6  
2.3  
1.1  
4.2  
1.4  
- 
100.5  

2008 
£m

2.1 
 7.1 
1.2 
11.6 
(1.6)
 -
1.8 
 -
1.6 

0.4 
4.7 
0.2 

0.3 
0.1 
 -

2008 
£m

 73.2 
 9.6 
2.8 
0.8 
2.7 
1.7 
0.1 
 90.9 

2009 
Total 

2008 
Total

869  
 916  
156  
16  
1,957  

1,015 
1,018 
167 
14 
2,214 

(2)  A reduction in the average number of employees of 102 comprises of a decrease of 162 due to restructuring and an increase of 60 due to the effect of 

acquisitions in 2008. 

Number of employees as at 31 December 
Imaging & Staging  
Videocom  
Services 
Head Office 

62          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

2009 
Total 

2008 
Total

810  
861  
148  
16  
1,835  

 957 
 998 
172 
15 
2,142

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8 Directors’ remuneration
The emoluments, share options, awards under incentive schemes and pension entitlements of the directors are disclosed in the 
Remuneration Report on pages 28 to 35. 

The combined remuneration of the directors of the Group is set out below:

Fees for non-executive duties 
Remuneration for executive duties 

9 Net financial expense

Financial income 
Interest income 
Expected return on assets in the pension scheme 
Other financial income: 
   Net foreign exchange gains (1) 

Financial expense 
Interest payable on bank borrowings 
Interest charge on pension scheme liabilities 
Other financial expense: 
   Net fair value losses on financial instruments (2) 

Net financial expense 

2009 
£m 

0.2  
1.4  
1.6  

2008 
£m

0.2 
1.1 
1.3 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m

-  
2.2  

0.5  
2.7  

(1.6) 
(2.2) 

- 
(3.8) 

(1.1) 

0.1 
3.1 

0.9 
4.1 

(3.2)
(2.5)

(1.1)
(6.8)

(2.7)

(1)  Currency translation differences, which arise on long term intra-Group funding loans that are similar in nature to equity, are charged/credited to reserves. However, 

£0.3 million (2008: £0.7 million) of currency translation gains arose on certain other intra-Group funding balances that do not meet this strict criteria  
but are very similar in nature, and are recorded in significant items within other financial expense.    

(2)  The Group uses options as part of its hedging of future foreign exchange cash flows. As such options are held to maturity, the ultimate net amount charged  
to the Income Statement in respect of any option will always equate to the initial premium paid for that option. However, as a result of the time value of such 
options being marked to market at each balance sheet date, volatile income and expenses can be introduced between periods and such amounts are  
therefore identified as significant other financial expense. This amounts to a gain of £0.4 million (2008: £0.4 million loss).

10 Net foreign exchange (losses)/gains
The net exchange (losses)/gains charged to the Income Statement are included as follows:

Cost of goods sold  
Other financial income  
Total net foreign exchange (losses)/gains  

2009 
£m 

(1.7)  
0.5  
(1.2)  

2008 
£m

0.8
0.9
1.7

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Accounts continued

11 Tax 
Recognised in the Income Statement  

Current tax expense 
Current year before significant items 
Significant items (1) 

Deferred tax expense 
Current year before significant items 
Significant items (2) 

Summarised in the Income Statement as follows 
Current tax before significant items 
Deferred tax before significant items 

Significant items (see Note 5) 
Total income tax expense in Income Statement 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m

3.6 
(3.1) 
0.5 

3.6 
(5.5) 
(1.9) 

3.6 
3.6 
7.2 
(8.6) 
(1.4) 

7.5
 -
7.5

4.5
(6.6)
(2.1)

7.5
4.5
12.0
(6.6)
5.4

(1) Liabilities provided for tax exposures arising in prior years amounting to £3.1 million are no longer required.

(2) Deferred tax assets of £5.5 million (2008: £6.6 million) have been recognised, with a corresponding credit to significant items. This comprises: 

(a)  A deferred tax asset of £2.8 million (2008: £2.3 million) recognised as a result of timing differences between the amortisation for accounting purposes  

of intangible assets acquired on the acquisition of RF Extreme and Litepanels in the US and the amortisation of these assets for tax purposes.

(b) Deferred tax assets of £5.2 million (2008: £nil) recognised in relation to restructuring costs. 
(c)  A deferred tax asset of £0.2 million (2008: £nil) recognised in relation to previously unrecognised losses, to offset deferred tax liabilities arising on unrecognised 

gains on cash flow hedges.

(d) A write-down of £2.7 million of deferred tax assets to nil (2008: £nil), reflecting an assessment of their likely future recoverability. 

Reconciliation of effective tax rate 

Profit before tax  
Income tax using the domestic corporation tax rate 
Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions 
Non-deductible expenses 
Write down of deferred tax assets 
Write down of current tax liabilities 
Benefit of tax losses recognised 
Other 
Total income tax (credit)/expense in Income Statement  

2009 
% 

28% 
4% 
11% 
150% 
(170%) 
(89%) 
(11%) 
(77%) 

2009 
£m 

1.8 
0.5 
0.1 
0.2 
2.7 
(3.1) 
(1.6) 
(0.2) 
(1.4) 

2008 
% 

28.5% 
6% 
1% 
 - 
 - 
(14%) 
 - 
21% 

2008 
£m

25.5
7.3
1.5
0.2
 -
 -
(3.6)
 -
5.4

All of the income tax relates to overseas tax. There is no income tax expense relating to the UK  as a result of the utilisation of UK losses brought forward.

64          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
12 Earnings per ordinary share
The calculation of basic earnings per share is based on profit after tax of £3.2 million (2008: £20.1 million) and on the weighted average 
number of shares in issue during the year of 42,483,776 (2008: 41,886,616). 

Adjusted basic earnings per share is presented as the directors consider that this gives a useful additional indication of the ongoing 
earnings performance of the Group. This calculation is based on profit after tax but before significant items. In 2009 this profit was 
£15.5 million (2008: £23.4 million). 

Reconciliation of earnings and effect on basic earnings per share

Profit for the financial year 
Add back: significant items 
Earnings before significant items  

Profit 

Earnings per share

2009 
£m 

3.2  
12.3  
15.5  

2008 
£m 

20.1  
3.3  
23.4  

2009 
pence 

 7.5  
29.0  
36.5  

2008 
pence

48.0 
 7.9 
55.9 

Reconciliation of shares and effect on basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share, and basic adjusted earnings per share 
and diluted adjusted earnings per share

The calculation of diluted earnings per share of 7.4p (2008: 47.9p) is based on profit after tax of £3.2 million (2008: £20.1 million) and  
on 43,181,174 (2008: 41,997,908) ordinary shares.

The calculation of diluted adjusted earnings per share of 35.9p (2008: 55.7p) is based on profit after tax but before significant items  
of £15.5 million (2008: £23.4 million) and on 43,181,174 (2008: 41,997,908) ordinary shares.

Basic weighted average number of shares   
Dilutive potential ordinary shares:  
Employee share options 
Deferred bonus plan 
Diluted weighted average number of shares  

Number of shares 

Earnings per share 

Adjusted earnings 
per share 

2009 

2008 

  42,483,776  41,886,616 

683,823 
13,575 

111,292 
 -  
  43,181,174  41,997,908 

2009 
pence 

7.5 

(0.1) 
 -  
7.4 

2008 
pence 

48.0 

(0.1) 
 -  
47.9 

2009 
pence 

36.5 

(0.6) 
 -  
35.9 

2008 
pence

55.9

(0.2)
 - 
55.7

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Accounts continued

13 Property, plant and equipment  

Cost
At 1 January 2008 
Currency translation adjustments 
Acquisitions 
Additions  
Disposals 
Revaluation surplus/(deficit) 
At 31 December 2008 

At 1 January 2009 
Currency translation adjustments 
Additions  
Transfers between asset categories 
Disposals 
Revaluation surplus/(deficit) 
At 31 December 2009 

Depreciation  
At 1 January 2008 
Currency translation adjustments 
Depreciation charge for the year 
Disposals 
At 31 December 2008 

At 1 January 2009 
Currency translation adjustments 
Depreciation charge for the year 
Impairment loss 
Transfers between asset categories 
Disposals 
At 31 December 2009 

Carrying amounts 
At 1 January 2008 
At 31 December 2008 and 1 January 2009    
At 31 December 2009 

Land 
and 
buildings 
£m 

Plant, 
machinery 
and 
vehicles (1) 
£m 

Equipment, 
fixtures 
and 
fittings 
£m

27.0  
 6.9  
 - 
1.6  
 (0.5) 
 (0.2) 
34.8  

34.8  
 (2.6) 
1.4  
 (0.1) 
 (0.1) 
 - 
33.4  

 8.8  
2.2  
1.2  
 (0.3) 
11.9  

11.9  
 (0.8) 
1.4  
1.5  
 - 
 (0.2) 
13.8  

18.2  
22.9  
19.6  

 76.9  
25.6  
0.4  
12.9  
 (7.7) 
 - 
108.1  

108.1  
 (9.7) 
11.5  
0.6  
 (11.4) 
 - 
 99.1  

54.5  
17.3  
 8.9  
 (7.1) 
 73.6  

 73.6  
 (6.6) 
11.5  
0.9  
0.2  
 (12.1) 
 67.5  

22.4  
34.5  
31.6  

17.1 
3.7 
 -
1.9 
(3.1)
 -
19.6 

19.6 
(1.3)
0.7 
(0.5)
(3.8)
 -
14.7 

12.1 
2.7 
1.5 
(2.9)
13.4 

13.4 
(1.0)
1.4 
0.1 
(0.2)
(2.4)
11.3 

5.0 
 6.2 
3.4 

Total 
£m 

121.0 
36.2 
0.4 
16.4 
(11.3) 
(0.2) 
162.5  

162.5  
(13.6) 
13.6  
- 
(15.3) 
- 
147.2  

75.4 
22.2 
11.6 
(10.3) 
98.9  

98.9  
(8.4) 
14.3  
2.5  
- 
(14.7) 
92.6  

45.6  
63.6  
54.6  

(1)  Plant, machinery and vehicles includes broadcast equipment rental assets with an original cost of £44.0 million (2008: £51.1 million) and accumulated 

depreciation of £29.9 million (2008: £33.5 million).

Capital commitments at 31 December 2009 for which no provision has been made in the accounts amount to £nil (2008: £0.4 million).

An impairment loss of £1.5 million relating to property in the Imaging & Staging Division is included within operating expenses, £0.9 million relating to obsolete 
broadcast equipment rental assets in the Services Division is included within Cost of sales, and £0.1 million relating to fixtures and fittings in the Videocom Division 
is included in operating expenses.

66          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
14 Intangible assets

Cost 
At 1 January 2008 
Currency translation adjustment 
Additions/(reductions) 
Acquisitions 
At 31 December 2008 

At 1 January 2009 
Currency translation adjustment 
Additions 
Disposals 
Acquisitions 
At 31 December 2009 

Amortisation and impairment losses 
At 1 January 2008 
Currency translation adjustment 
Impairment charge 
Amortisation in the year 
At 31 December 2008 

At 1 January 2009 
Currency translation adjustment 
Amortisation in the year 
Disposals 
At 31 December 2009 

Carrying amounts 
At 1 January 2008 
At 31 December 2008 and 1 January 2009    
At 31 December 2009 

Acquired 
intangible 
assets (1) 
£m 

Capitalised 
Capitalised  development 
costs 
£m

software 
£m 

Goodwill 
£m 

20.4  
 9.6  
0.3  
 7.3  
37.6  

37.6  
 (4.3) 
 - 
 - 
 - 
33.3  

5.8  
4.1  
 - 
 7.1  
17.0  

17.0  
 (2.5) 
 8.5  
 - 
23.0  

14.6  
20.6  
10.3  

44.0  
13.8  
 (4.2) 
4.8  
58.4  

58.4  
 (5.3) 
1.1  
 - 
 - 
54.2  

5.9  
2.6  
2.1  
 - 
10.6  

10.6  
 (1.0) 
- 
 - 
 9.6  

38.1  
47.8  
44.6  

 8.6  
2.1  
0.9  
 - 
11.6  

11.6  
 (0.7) 
1.1  
 (1.1) 
 - 
10.9  

5.8  
1.4  
 - 
1.2  
 8.4  

 8.4  
 (0.4) 
1.3  
 (1.1) 
 8.2  

2.8  
3.2  
2.7  

 -
 -
 -
 -
 -

 -
 -
0.6 
 -
 -
0.6 

 -
 -
 -
 -
 -

 -
 -
 -
 -
 -

 -
 -
0.6 

Total 
£m 

73.0  
25.5  
 (3.0) 
12.1  
107.6  

107.6  
 (10.3) 
2.8  
 (1.1) 
 - 
99.0  

17.5  
8.1  
2.1  
8.3  
36.0  

36.0  
(3.9) 
 9.8  
 (1.1) 
40.8  

55.5  
71.6  
58.2  

(1) Acquired intangible assets are primarily customer relationships, brand names, intellectual property and patents.

Impairment tests for cash-generating units (CGUs) containing goodwill
The goodwill and intangible assets carried by the Group are held by a number of CGUs, most of which have a carrying value of goodwill 
which is below £5.0 million. At 31 December 2009 management have assessed that the following CGUs carried an amount of goodwill 
considered significant in comparison with the total value of the Group’s goodwill:

Unit 

Staging Systems 
RF Extreme 
Litepanels 

2009 
£m 

5.3 
9.6 
5.9 

2008 
£m

5.9
10.7
4.2

Management have considered the key sensitivities that impact the forecasted cash flow positions. Because of the broad nature of  
the Group’s activities described in the Directors’ Report, there are numerous assumptions that are considered when undertaking  
the impairment analysis, which are disclosed in Note 2. The key assumption on which value in use calculations are dependent is  
market demand. 

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Accounts continued

15 Fixed asset investments 
The Group’s principal subsidiaries at 31 December 2009 are listed below. All subsidiaries are 100% owned within the Group.

Vitec Group US Holdings Inc 
Vitec Holdings Limited 
Vitec Investments Limited 

Videocom 
ALC Broadcast Limited 
Anton/Bauer Inc 
Camera Dynamics Limited 
Camera Dynamics Limitada 
Camera Dynamics Inc 
LCB Beteiligungs GmbH (previously Camera Dynamics GmbH & Co KG) 
Litepanels Inc 
RF Extreme LLC (previously RF Central LLC & Nucomm Inc) 
Vitec Group Communications LLC 
Vitec Group Communications Limited 

Imaging & Staging  
Manfrotto Distribution Inc (previously Bogen Imaging Inc)  
Gitzo SA 
Vitecgroup Italia SpA 
Kata Vitec I Limited 

Services 
Vitec Broadcast Services Inc 

* Indicates companies directly owned by the parent company. 

A complete list of subsidiary companies will be included in the next annual return to the Registrar of Companies.  

Country of incorporation

USA
  Guernsey
UK*

UK
USA
UK*
  Costa Rica
USA
  Germany
USA
USA
USA
UK*

USA
France
Italy
Israel

USA

68          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16 Deferred tax assets and liabilities

Assets 
Inventories 
Intangible assets 
Tax value of loss carry-forwards recognised  
Property, plant, equipment & other 

Liabilities 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant, equipment & other 

Net  

Assets 
Inventories 
Intangible assets 
Tax value of loss carry-forwards recognised  
Property, plant, equipment & other 

Liabilities 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant, equipment & other 

Net 

Unrecognised deferred tax assets 
Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the following items:

Capital Allowances 
Short term temporary differences 
Losses 
Temporary differences on share options 
Temporary differences on pension scheme liabilities 
Total 

  Recognised  Recognised 
in 
on 
income 
£m 

Exchange 
acquisition  movements 
£m 

£m 

2009 
£m 

1.8 
3.6 
5.3 
7.4 
18.1 

(0.5)  
(0.5)  
(1.0) 
17.1 

(0.9)  
(2.0)  
2.4  
2.4  
1.9  

-  
-  
 -  
1.9  

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

-  
- 
- 
- 

(0.3) 
(0.5) 
(0.2) 
(0.6) 
(1.6) 

- 
0.5 
0.5 
(1.1) 

  Recognised  Recognised 
in 
on 
income 
£m 

Exchange 
acquisition  movements 
£m 

£m 

2008 
£m 

3.0 
6.1 
3.1 
5.6 
17.8 

(0.5) 
(1.0) 
(1.5) 
16.3 

(2.7) 
0.3 
1.8 
1.5 
0.9 

 - 
1.1 
1.1 
2.0 

 - 
0.2 
 - 
 - 
0.2 

 - 
 - 
 - 
0.2 

(0.5) 
1.6 
0.1 
1.8 
3.0 

(0.1) 
(0.3) 
(0.4) 
2.6 

2009 
£m 

2.0  
0.1  
1.8  
 - 
0.8  
4.7  

2008 
£m

3.0
6.1
3.1
5.6
17.8

(0.5)
(1.0)
(1.5)
16.3

2007 
£m

6.2
4.0
1.2
2.3
13.7

(0.4)
(1.8)
(2.2)
11.5

2008 
£m

0.2 
 -
1.1 
 -
0.8 
2.1 

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of these items because it is not sufficiently probable that future taxable profit 
will be generated to utilise the tax losses. 

No taxes have been provided for liabilities which may arise on the distribution of unremitted earnings of subsidiaries on the basis of 
control, except where distributions of such profits are planned. Cumulative unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries and associates 
totalled approximately £52.0 million at 31 December 2009 (2008: £66.0 million). It is not practical to calculate the tax which would arise 
on remittance of these amounts; however it would be substantially lower than statutory rates after giving effect to the Finance Act 2009 
which made dividends remitted from overseas subsidiaries exempt from tax. 

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Accounts continued

17 Inventories

Raw materials and components 
Work in progress 
Finished goods 

Provisions against inventory obsolescence 

Balance at 1 January 
Increase during the year 
Utilised during the year 
Currency translation adjustments 
Balance at 31 December 

2009 
£m 

11.7 
9.3 
30.9 
51.9  

2009 
£m 

18.0 
 6.7  
(1.1) 
(1.5) 
22.1  

2008 
£m

17.4
12.1
46.9
 76.4 

2008 
£m

12.0
5.8
(3.0)
3.2
18.0 

The provision for inventory obsolescence as at 31 December 2009 was £22.1 million (2008: £18.0 million). Management believe that  
this provision is adequate to cover the risk of inventory obsolescence.

18 Trade and other receivables

Short term receivables 
Trade receivables 
Other receivables 
Prepayments and accrued income 

Long term receivables 
Other receivables 

Total receivables 

Gross trade receivables - days overdue (1)   

Current 
1-30 days 
31-60 days 
61-90 days 
over 90 days 
Gross trade receivables 

(1) Days overdue are measured from the date an invoice was due to be paid. 

70          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

2009 
£m 

35.0 
6.2  
4.3  
45.5  

0.3  
0.3  
45.8  

2009 
£m 

18.4  
14.2  
2.9  
1.6  
2.7  
39.8  

2008 
£m

46.6
10.8 
2.8 
 60.2 

1.2 
1.2 
 61.4 

2008 
£m

32.2 
 9.1 
3.5 
1.8 
4.2 
50.8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions against trade receivables 

Balance at 1 January 
Increased during the year 
Reversed during the year 
Utilised during the year 
Currency translation adjustments 
Balance at 31 December 

2009 
£m 

4.2  
5.0  
 - 
(4.1) 
(0.3) 
4.8  

2008 
£m

3.0 
4.2 
(0.1)
(3.7)
0.8 
4.2 

The trade receivables impairment provision as at 31 December 2009 was £4.8 million (2008: £4.2 million) consisting of £3.3 million 
(2008: £2.9 million) for bad debts and £1.5 million (2008: £1.3 million) for sales returns and discounts. Management believe that this 
provision is adequate to cover the risk of bad debts and any exposure to credit risk. 

19 Financial instruments
Exposure to credit, interest rate and currency risks arises in the normal course of the Group’s business. Derivative financial instruments 
are used to hedge exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates only.

Credit risk
The Group has a credit policy in place and the exposure to credit risk is monitored on an ongoing basis. Trade receivable balances are 
reviewed regularly for cash flow forecasting purposes and to ensure that overdue receivables are followed up on a timely basis. Credit 
evaluations are performed on all customers requiring credit over a certain amount. Trade receivables past their due date but not impaired 
amount to £16.6 million at 31 December 2009 (see Note 18). The Group does not require collateral in respect of financial assets.

Transactions involving derivative financial instruments are only with banks that are part of the Group’s £125 million Multicurrency 
Revolving Credit Facility Agreement. Therefore management does not expect any of the counterparties to fail to meet its obligations.

At the balance sheet date there were no significant concentrations of credit risk. The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented  
by the carrying amount of each financial asset, including derivative financial instruments, in the balance sheet.

Liquidity risk
On 8 August 2008 the Group signed a five year £125 million Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility Agreement with a syndicate of five  
UK and European banks. At 31 December 2009 only 42% of this committed borrowing facility was being utilised.

Interest rate risk
All the Group’s borrowings and investments are at floating rates with the exception, in the prior year, of the £3.0 million mortgage on the 
Anton/Bauer property. Management currently believes that the benefits of fixing a proportion of its interest costs are outweighed by the 
costs. Other monetary assets are not considered to be exposed to interest rate risk.

Foreign currency risk
The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on sales, purchases and borrowings that are denominated in a currency other than the 
functional currency of the business unit. The currencies giving rise to this risk are primarily US Dollar, Euros and Japanese Yen.

The Group aims to hedge 75% of its forecasted foreign currency exposure in respect of forecasted sales and purchases for the following 
12 months. The Group uses forward exchange contracts (forwards), simple options and cylinders (a combination of two offsetting simple 
options at different rates) to hedge its foreign currency risk. All these contracts have maturities of less than one year at the balance  
sheet date.

In respect of other monetary assets and liabilities held in currencies other than Sterling, the Group ensures that the net exposure is kept 
to an acceptable level, by buying or selling foreign currencies at spot rates where necessary to address short term imbalances.

Recognised assets and liabilities
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that economically hedge monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies and for which no 
hedge accounting is applied are recognised in the Income Statement. The changes in the fair value of the derivatives and any foreign 
exchange gains and losses relating to the monetary assets and liabilities are recognised as part of Cost of sales. 

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Accounts continued

19 Financial instruments continued
Hedge of net investment in foreign subsidiary
The Group’s US Dollar and Euro loans, certain inter-company loans and forward contracts are designated as a hedge of the Group’s 
investment in subsidiaries overseas. Inter-company loans for which payment is not planned in the foreseeable future are classified  
as net investments and so any gain or loss on exchange is taken to reserves.

Sensitivity analysis
In managing interest rate and currency risks the Group aims to reduce the impact of short term fluctuations on the Group’s  
earnings. Over the longer term, however, permanent changes in foreign exchange and interest rates would have an impact  
on consolidated earnings.

For the year ended 31 December 2009, it is estimated that a general increase of one percentage point in interest rates, increasing  
the Group’s weighted average cost of borrowing to 2.4%, would decrease the Group’s profit before tax by approximately £1.0 million. 
This reflects increased interest costs on the Group’s borrowings.

Correspondingly it is estimated that a general decrease of one percentage point in interest rates would decrease the Group’s weighted 
average cost of borrowing to 0.4%. However due to the margin charged on the loans drawn down from the Group’s loan facility the lowest 
weighted average interest rate the Group could incur is 0.95%. If interest rates did fall to this level it is estimated this would increase the 
Group’s profit before tax by approximately £0.4 million. This reflects the decreased interest costs on the Group’s borrowings.

It is estimated that a one percentage point stronger US Dollar against Pound Sterling and Euro (ie, 1.55 cents and 1.40 cents 
respectively) would have increased the Group’s operating profit before significant items for the year ended 31 December 2009 by 
approximately £0.2 million and that a one percentage point weaker US Dollar against Pound Sterling and Euro (ie, 1.55 cents and 1.40 
cents respectively) would have decreased the Group’s operating profit before significant items for the year ended 31 December 2009  
by approximately £0.2 million.

In accordance with amendments to IFRS 7, the following additional disclosures are being made:

The fair value of forward exchange and option exchange contracts have been determined based on spot exchange rates and quoted 
rates as at 31 December 2009. Forward exchange contracts are marked to market by calculating the contractual forward price and 
deducting the current spot rate. Option exchange contracts are marked to market by obtaining quotes from banks of their market value 
as at 31 December 2009.

The fair value of cash and borrowings has been determined based on the actual position reported by the financial institution, adjusted  
for reconciling items as at 31 December 2009. Where these financial instruments are denominated in a foreign currency, the fair value  
in Sterling has been determined at spot exchange rates as at 31 December 2009.

The fair value of trade receivables and trade payables have been determined based on invoice values, less credit loss provisions.  
Where these financial instruments are denominated in a foreign currency, the fair value in Sterling has been determined at spot exchange 
rates as at 31 December 2009.

IFRS 7 requires that for fair value measurements recognised in the statement of financial position, an entity shall disclose for each class 
of financial instruments the level in the fair value hierarchy into which the fair value measurements are categorised in their entirety.

The fair value hierarchy is defined by IFRS 7 as follows:

• Level 1 - quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

•  Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly  

(ie, as prices) or indirectly (ie, derived from prices)

• Level 3 - inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement is categorised in its entirety shall be determined on the  
basis of the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. All financial instruments are deemed Level 2  
and there have been no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2.

72          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

Fair value 
The fair values together with the carrying amounts shown in the balance sheet are as follows:  

a) Fair value of financial assets and liabilities 

Forward exchange contracts - Assets 
Forward exchange contracts - Liabilities 
Option exchange contracts - Assets  
Option exchange contracts - Liabilities 
Cash at bank and in hand 
Net trade receivables 
Trade payables 
Other borrowings 
Floating rate borrowings (1) 

2009 
Fair value* 
£m 

2008 
Fair value* 
£m

1.5 
(0.3) 
0.2  
- 
12.1  
35.0  
(21.8) 
 - 
(52.7) 
(26.0) 

0.7
(6.1)
 -
(1.3)
14.9 
46.6 
(28.5)
(3.0)
(64.9)
(41.6)

Market rates have been used to determine fair values. 

* Carrying values are not significantly different to the fair values. 

(1) Floating rate borrowings in currencies other than Pound Sterling are used for the purpose of net investment hedging.

Estimation of fair values 
The following summarises the major methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of financial instruments reflected  
in the table: 

Derivatives 
Forward exchange contracts are marked to market by calculating the contractual forward price and deducting the current spot rate. 
Option exchange contracts are marked to market by obtaining quotes from banks of their market value as at 31 December.

i) Maturity profile of derivatives 
All derivatives mature within the next 13 months. 

Forward exchange contracts - Assets 
Forward exchange contracts - Liabilities 
Option exchange contracts - Assets 

Forward exchange contracts - Assets 
Forward exchange contracts - Liabilities 
Option exchange contracts - Liabilities 

  Within less 

Total 
2009 
£m 

1.5  
(0.3) 
0.2  
1.4  

2008 
£m 

0.7  
(6.1) 
(1.3) 
(6.7) 

than six  Within six 
months  months to  More than 
one year 
one year 
£m
£m 

2009 
£m 

1.3  
(0.1) 
 - 
1.2  

£m 

0.7  
(4.1) 
(0.5) 
(3.9) 

0.2  
(0.2) 
0.2 
0.2  

£m 

 -  
(2.0) 
(0.8) 
(2.8) 

-
- 
-
 -

£m

 - 
 - 
 - 
 -

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Accounts continued

19 Financial instruments continued  
The Group had the following option exchange and forward exchange contracts in place at the balance sheet date:

US Dollar/Euro option exchange contracts US Dollar 
US Dollar/Sterling option exchange contracts US Dollar 
US Dollar/Sterling forward exchange contracts US Dollar  
US Dollar/Euro forward exchange contracts US Dollar 
Euro/Sterling forward exchange contracts Euro 
Yen/Sterling forward exchange contracts Yen 
Yen/Euro forward exchange contracts Yen   

Average  
exchange 
rate of 
contracts 
2009 

1.45 
- 
1.59 
1.37 
1.13 
148 
130 

Millions 
2009 

7.3 
- 
29.9 
29.3 
12.7 
291 
375 

Average 
exchange  
rate of 
contracts 
2008

1.45
1.94
1.74
1.26
1.27
187
150

Millions 
2008 

39.0 
12.5 
23.3 
10.0 
9.7 
415 
472 

Interest bearing loans and borrowings  
All interest bearing loans and borrowings are at floating rates. Therefore, the fair value of these loans and borrowings is their  
carrying value. 

Trade and other receivables/payables  
For trade receivables and payables with a remaining life of less than one year, the notional amount is deemed to reflect the fair value.  
All other trade receivables and payables are discounted to determine the fair value.

b) Financial liabilities

i) Analysis of liabilities 

Other borrowings (1) 
Bank loans  
Total borrowings 
Trade payables 
Option exchange contracts 
Forward exchange contracts 
Gross financial liabilities 

(1) Other borrowings consisted of a mortgage on the property occupied by Anton/Bauer in Shelton, Connecticut. This was repaid in July 2009. 

ii) Maturity profile   

Within one year or less 
More than one year but not more than two years 
More than two years but not more than five years 

2009 
£m 

- 
52.7 
52.7  
21.8  
 - 
0.3  
 74.8  

2008 
£m

3.0
64.9
 67.9 
28.5 
1.3 
 6.1 
103.8 

2009 
£m 

24.1  
2.0  
56.0  
82.1  

2008 
£m

40.5 
2.0 
 70.2 
112.7 

The maturity profile includes gross financial liabilities and estimates of undiscounted future interest expense.

On 8 August 2008 the Group signed a five year £125 million Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility Agreement with a syndicate of  
five UK and European banks. During the year the weighted average cost of borrowing was 1.4% (2008: 4.0%).

The total amount of bank loans and overdrafts any part of which falls due after five years is £nil (2008: £nil).

74          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Group had the following undrawn borrowing facilities at the end of the period: 

Expiring in one year or less 
- uncommitted facilities 
More than two years but not more than five years 
- committed facilities 
Total 

iii) Interest rate profile 

Currency 

Yen 
US Dollar 
Euro 
Sterling 
At 31 December 2009 

Yen 
US Dollar 
Euro 
Sterling 
At 31 December 2008 

The floating rate borrowings comprise bank borrowings bearing interest at rates based on LIBOR.

c) Financial assets  

Currency 

US Dollar 
Euro 
Sterling 
Other 

Total cash and receivable balances 
Forward exchange contracts 
Option exchange contracts 
Gross financial assets 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m

15.0  

15.0 

 72.3  
 87.3  

 60.1 
 75.1 

  Floating rate 

Fixed rate 
Total  borrowings  borrowings 
£m
£m 

£m 

2.0  
29.1  
11.6  
10.0  
52.7  

3.1  
29.4  
18.4  
17.0  
67.9  

2.0  
29.1  
11.6  
10.0  
52.7  

3.1  
26.4  
18.4  
17.0  
 64.9  

2009 
£m 

21.3 
19.4 
4.7 
1.7 

47.1  
1.5 
0.2 -
48.8  

 -
 -
 -
 -
 -

 -
3.0 
 -
 -
3.0 

2008 
£m

31.3
17.0
9.6
3.6

 61.5 
0.7

 62.2 

Sterling, US Dollar, Euro and Yen balances within the UK can be offset as all the balances are held within a single facility.    

The forward exchange and option contracts all mature within 13 months.   

The Group holds cash in a number of major financial institutions worldwide and periodically reviews their credit worthiness to ensure  
the Group is not exposed to counter party risk. 

The following significant exchange rates applied during the year:   

US Dollar 
Euro 

Reporting 
date rate 
2009 

1.615 
1.126 

Average 
rate 
for year 
2009 

1.562 
1.118 

Reporting 
date rate 
2008 

1.438 
1.034 

Average 
rate 
for year 
2008

1.850
1.264

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Accounts continued

20 Current tax
The current net tax liability of £6.6 million (2008: £8.9 million) represents the amount of income taxes payable in respect of current and 
prior periods. 

21 Reconciliation of decrease in cash and cash equivalents to movement in net debt (1)

Increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Net repayment/(borrowing) of loans 
Decrease/(Increase) in net debt resulting from cash flows  

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held 
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on debt held 
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on net debt 

Movements in net debt in the year 
Net debt at 1 January 
Net debt at 31 December  

(1) Net debt constitutes cash and cash equivalents, bank overdrafts and bank loans & other borrowings.

22 Trade and other payables

Current trade and other payables 
Payments received on account 
Trade payables 
Other tax and social security costs 
Other payables 
Advanced payments received, accruals and deferred income (1) 

Non current trade and other payables 
Accruals and deferred income 

(1)  £3.4 million (2008: £9.1 million) of advanced payments received relate to RF Extreme, which is part of the Videocom Division. 

2009 
£m 

1.3  
11.2  
12.5  

(4.1) 
4.0  
(0.1) 

12.4  
(53.0) 
(40.6) 

2009 
£m 

1.8  
21.8  
3.0  
6.5  
13.4  
46.5  

0.1  
0.1  

2008 
£m

3.4 
(4.1)
(0.7)

4.2 
(18.1)
(13.9)

(14.6)
(38.4)
(53.0)

2008 
£m

5.6 
28.5 
4.6 
10.9 
21.9 
 71.5 

0.1 
0.1 

76          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23 Provisions 

At 1 January 2009 
Provisions created during the year 
Provisions utilised during the year 
Charged to the Income Statement 
Currency translation adjustments 
At 31 December 2009 

Non-current 
Current 

  Contingent 
  consideration 
on  
  acquisition of 
Warranty  subsidiaries 
£m 

£m 

1.7  
 - 
(0.6) 
1.2  
(0.2) 
2.1  

0.3  
1.8  
2.1  

 6.8  
1.1  
(3.0) 
 - 
(0.5) 
4.4  

3.1  
1.3  
4.4  

Other 
£m

0.1 
 -
(0.1)
 -
 -
 -

 -
 -
 -

Total  Restructuring 
£m 

£m 

9.8  
1.1  
(9.1) 
12.1  
(0.9) 
13.0  

4.4  
8.6  
13.0  

1.2  
 - 
(5.4) 
10.9  
(0.2) 
 6.5  

1.0  
5.5  
 6.5  

The contingent consideration on acquisition of subsidiaries of £4.4 million relates to the following acquisitions: 

• Litepanels - The maximum potential contingent consideration payable is US$50.0 million (£31.0 million), conditional on the achievement of 
profitability targets in 2009 to 2011. As at 31 December 2008, management’s estimate of the realistic likely payout was US$6.3 million 
(£4.3 million). In 2009, this estimate was increased by US$1.7 million (£1.1 million), and a payment of US$2.7 million (£1.8 million) was 
made. Effects of translation reduced the provision by £0.4 million. Management’s estimate at 31 December 2009 of a likely payout is 
US$5.3 million (£3.2 million). 

• Vitec Group RF Systems - The maximum potential contingent consideration payable is US$1.5 million (£0.9 million), conditional on 

the achievement of profitability targets for 2009 and 2010. As at 31 December 2008, management’s estimate of the likely payout was 
US$1.5 million (£1.0 million). In 2009, effects of translation decreased the provision by £0.1 million. Management’s estimate at 31 
December 2009 of a likely payout is US$1.5 million (£0.9 million). 

• Clear Com Research Inc (Talkdynamics) - The maximum potential contingent consideration payable is C$0.7 million, conditional on 

the achievement of profitability targets in 2009 to 2011. As at 31 December 2008, management’s estimate of the realistic likely payout 
was C$0.7 million (£0.4 million). In 2009, a payment of C$0.3 million (£0.1 million) was made. Management’s estimate at 31 December 
2009 of a likely payout is C$0.4 million (£0.3 million).   

• Staging SK - As at 31 December 2008, management’s estimate of the realistic likely payout was £0.1 million which was paid in 2009. 

As at 31 December 2009, no further consideration is payable.   

• Autoscript - As at 31 December 2008, management’s estimate of the realistic likely payout was £1.0 million which was paid in 2009. 

As at 31 December 2009, no further consideration is payable.   

The remaining provisions comprise warranty provisions of £2.1 million (2008: £1.7 million) and provision for restructuring of £6.5 million 
(2008: £1.2 million). The warranty provision is calculated based on the sale of products under warranty and is expected to be utilised 
over a period of up to five years. Management are confident that these provisions are adequate to cover the risk of warranty claims 
against the Group. The restructuring provision relates to a programme fully committed to at 31 December 2009 and will be utilised 
during 2010 and beyond. 

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Accounts continued

24 Share capital and reserves 
The authorised share capital at 31 December 2009 consisted of 100,000,000 (2008: 65,000,000) ordinary shares of 20p each, of which 
42,949,175 were allotted and fully paid. The authorised share capital was increased following approval at the Annual General Meeting on 
19 May 2009. The movement in issued share capital during the year was:   

At 1 January 2009 
Exercise of share options 
At 31 December 2009 

* Restated following a prior year correction 

Issued 
share 
capital 
£m

8.5
0.1
8.6

Shares 

 42,523,056* 
426,119 
  42,949,175 

At 31 December 2009 the following options had been granted and remained outstanding under the Company’s share option schemes:

United Kingdom SAYE schemes 
International SAYE schemes 
Executive schemes 

Please see Note 27a for share based payments.  

Number 
of shares 

Exercise 
prices 

Dates 
normally 
 exercisable

655,860  131p-491p  2010-2014
803,139  139p-522p  2010-2014
456,004  298p-549p  2010-2018

  1,915,003 

On 14 April 2009, awards over an aggregate of 1,269,941 shares in the Company were made to 73 senior Group executives under the 
Company’s 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan. The total number of shares outstanding at 31 December 2009 under the Company’s 2005 
Long Term Incentive Plan was 1,515,564 (2008: 936,428), taking into account the lapsing of the awards granted in 2007 because the 
performance condition over 2007, 2008 and 2009 was not met and assuming that achievement of the performance condition for the 
awards granted in 2008 and 2009 will be 100% to show the maximum number of awards that could possibly vest. The terms of the 
awards and the related performance conditions are described in the Remuneration Report. 

On 14 April 2009, core awards over an aggregate of 13,575 shares in the Company were made to four senior Group executives under 
the Company’s 2005 Deferred Bonus Plan (any Matching Awards, up to a maximum of 100% of the core awards, will be calculated 
on vesting). The total number of core awards outstanding at 31 December 2009 under the Company’s 2005 Deferred Bonus Plan was 
31,919 (2008: 52,191). The terms of the awards and the related performance conditions are described in the Remuneration Report.

Translation reserve 
The translation reserve comprises all currency translation differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign 
subsidiaries, as well as from the translation of monetary items designated as foreign net investments and hedges of net investment  
in foreign subsidiaries. 

Capital redemption reserve   
This reserve was created in 1999 when the Company purchased, and subsequently cancelled, 885,000 ordinary shares.

Cash flow hedging reserve   
The cash flow hedging reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging 
instruments related to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred. 

During the year, the £3.4 million relating to derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships was released to the Income Statement in  
Cost of sales. Also, further derivatives were acquired for cash flow hedging relationships which were valued at £0.9 million at the  
end of the year. The total movement in the cash flow hedging reserve during the year was therefore £4.3 million.  

78          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Own shares 
Own shares held are recognised as a deduction from retained earnings. 

In 2008, the Company acquired 150,000 ordinary shares of 20p each to be held as treasury shares. 100,000 of these shares  
were acquired at 452p and 50,000 at 453p.  

In 2009 the Company acquired 271,703 ordinary shares of 20p each, representing 0.6% of the called up share capital of the  
Company at an average price of 219.2p per share. These shares are being held in trust by EES Trustees International Ltd.

Dividends  
After the balance sheet date the following dividend was recommended by the directors. The dividend has not been provided for  
at the year end and there are no tax consequences. 

10.9p per share ( 2008: 10.9p ) 

2009 
£m 

4.6 

2008 
£m

4.6

25 Disposal of business   
On 27 March 2009, the Group divested the IFF Staging business, which was previously included in the Imaging & Staging Division.

The total consideration was £0.7 million, net of transaction expenses. The disposal gave rise to a loss of £0.7 million, recognised  
within operating expenses.

The assets disposed of by the Group are as follows: 

Consideration received, satisfied in cash 
Transaction expenses 

Net cash inflow 
Inventory 
Property, plant and equipment 

Net assets disposed of 
Loss on disposal of business 

2009 
£m

1.2
(0.5)

0.7
1.3
0.1

1.4
(0.7)

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Accounts continued

26 Operating leases 

Gross leasing commitments 

Expiring within one year 
Expiring two to five years 
Expiring after five years 

Land and  
 buildings 
£m 

1.5  
 9.0  
 9.1  
19.6  

Other 
£m 

0.1  
0.9  
 - 
1.0  

Total 
2009 
£m 

1.6  
 9.9  
 9.1  
20.6  

2008(1) 
£m

1.0 
 7.6 
 9.6 
18.2 

(1) Leasing commitments at 31 December 2008 comprised £17.3 million of land and buildings and £0.9 million of other commitments.   

The Group leases a number of office, warehouse and factory facilities under operating leases. None of the leases include  
contingent rentals.  

During the year ended 31 December 2009, £6.0 million (2008: £5.1 million) was recognised as an expense in respect of operating  
leases and £0.2 million (2008: £0.2 million) was recognised as income in respect of sub leases in the Income Statement.

Leasing income 

Expiring within one year 
Expiring two to five years 
Expiring after five years 

2009 
£m 

- 
0.5  
- 
0.5  

2008 
£m

0.1 
0.7 
 -
0.8 

The future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable leases were £0.5 million, expiring between two to five years. Leasing income 
relates to sub rental of land and buildings.

27 Employee benefits 

27a Share based payments 

Group employees participate in a number of employee incentive schemes including a sharesave plan, an unapproved share option plan, 
a long term incentive plan and a deferred bonus plan. The recognition and measurement principles in IFRS 2 have not been applied to 
awards granted before 7 November 2002 in accordance with the transitional provisions in IFRS 1 and IFRS 2. 

Share option plans
The share option plans currently operated by the Group are: 

2002 Sharesave and International Sharesave Plan (SAYE) 
This is a share option plan. Employees can elect at the outset to save a fixed amount per month (maximum £250) into the sharesave 
plan. The vesting period is either three, five or seven years. At the vesting date, the employees have the option to use the savings to 
purchase shares at a discount to the share price (determined at the date of grant). The option expires six months after vesting. 

2002 Unapproved Share Option Plan (USOP)   
The USOP is a share option plan. Options are granted with a vesting period of three years. There is an Earnings Per Share (EPS) 
performance condition attached to the awards. If this performance condition is met, exercise is possible after the third anniversary  
of the date of grant but before the tenth anniversary. 

80          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For awards granted prior to 2005, 100% of awards vest if the EPS growth over three years increases by more than cumulative RPI + 
9.30%. If the EPS growth is lower than this, but more than cumulative RPI + 3.03%, then between 33.3% and 100% of the awards  
will vest. If the EPS growth is less than cumulative RPI + 3.03%, then no awards will vest. 

For awards granted in 2005 and subsequent years (until replaced or varied by the Remuneration Committee), 100% of the awards vest 
if the EPS growth over three years increases by more than cumulative RPI + 12%. If the EPS growth is lower than this, but more than 
cumulative RPI + 6%, then between 33% and 100% of the awards will vest. If the EPS growth is less than cumulative RPI + 6%, no 
awards will vest. 

For awards granted in 2008 the performance condition was revised to RPI + 9% for minimum vesting and RPI + 30% for full vesting.  
A sliding scale operates for performance between the lower and upper thresholds.   

Awards are settled with shares. 

Share award plans 
2005 Long Term Incentive Plan (2005 LTIP) 
The 2005 LTIP is also subject to performance conditions but these conditions are market related, based on the Total Shareholder  
Return (TSR) of the Company over a three year period compared to the TSR of comparator companies over a similar period. At the  
end of the performance period, the TSR of the Company and the comparator companies shall be calculated and ranked from highest  
to lowest. All awards will vest if the Company’s TSR growth is in or above the 20th percentile measured against the comparator group.  
If the Company’s TSR performance lies between the 50th and 20th percentile, between 35% and 100% of the awards will vest.  
Below the 50th percentile, no awards vest. For the 2009 awards, the performance period commenced on 1 January 2009. 

Employees are entitled to dividends on the awarded shares that are paid over the performance period. These are settled with shares. 

2005 Deferred Bonus Plan (DBP) 
Under the 2005 DBP, employees can exchange up to 100% of their annual cash bonus in a financial period for core shares of the same 
value. These awards will vest three years after the date of grant (or immediately if the employee leaves the Company). 

The employee may also receive matching shares at the end of the vesting period. The number of matching shares is dependent on 
the outcome of a market performance condition based on Total Shareholders Return (TSR) of the Company over a three year period 
compared to the TSR of comparator companies over a similar period.

If in that period the Company’s TSR relative to the comparator group of other companies is at median, or above, of the comparator 
group, the deferred core shares will be matched at the rate of:

• one share for every three shares at median performance; and

•  one share for every one share within the top 20% performance. There is straight line vesting between these points. For 2009 awards, 

the performance period commenced on 1 January 2009.

The amounts recognised in the Income Statement for share based payment transactions with employees for the year ended 31 
December 2009 was £1.5 million (2008: £1.6 million), of this £1.4 million (2008: £1.7 million) related to equity settled share based 
payment transactions. 

The outstanding liability recognised in the balance sheet for cash settled UK awards as at 31 December 2009 was £0.4 million  
(2008: £0.1 million). 

The total intrinsic value as at 31 December 2009 for cash settled awards which had vested by this date was £55,000. 

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Accounts continued

27a  Share based payments continued 
Options outstanding under the 2002 Sharesave Plan and Unapproved Share Option Plan as at 31 December 2009, together with their 
exercise prices and vesting periods, are as follows:

Range of exercise prices 

£1.30 - £1.40 
£2.61 - £2.80 
£2.81 - £3.00 
£3.01 - £4.00 
£4.01 - £4.50 
£4.51 - £5.00 
£5.01 - £5.50 
Total 

  Weighted 
average 
Weighted 
average 
remaining 
exercise  contractual 
life
price (£) 

1.34 
2.72 
2.99 
3.54 
4.13 
4.91 
5.18 
2.22 

3.32
2.74
5.20
2.93
2.87
1.72
4.37
3.62

Number 
  outstanding 

  1,324,567 
12,434 
206,066 
108,611 
9,612 
16,027 
272,253 
  1,949,570 

Options granted, exercised and lapsed during the years ended 31 December 2008 and 2009 under these share options plans were  
as follows:

Awards at 31 December 2007 
Exercised during 2008 
Lapsed during 2008 
Granted during 2008 

Awards at 31 December 2008 
Exercised during 2009 
Lapsed during 2009 
Granted during 2009 

Awards at 31 December 2009 

Awards exercisable at 31 December 2009   

Price (£) 
Sharesave 

459,571 
190,146 
111,425 
193,527 

351,527 
6,006 
251,007 
  1,378,326 

Weighted 
 average 
exercise 
price (£) 

3.51 
2.58 
4.08 
3.53 

3.84 
2.83 
3.33 
1.34 

USOP 

614,878 
36,333 
107,772 
249,000 

719,773 
145,886 
97,157 
- 

  1,472,840 

1.59 

476,730 

1,324 

2.68 

324,887 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price (£)

3.73
3.00
4.94
5.12

4.07
3.00
5.12
-

4.18

3.74

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the year was £3.85 (2008: £4.47). 

82          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Arrangement 

Nature of arrangement 

Date of grant 
Number of instruments granted 

Exercise price 
Share price at date of grant 
Contractual life (years) 
Expected option life (years) 

Vesting conditions 
Settlement 
Expected volatility (2) 
Risk free interest rate 
Expected dividend yield 
Expected departures  
(per annum from grant date) 
Expected outcome of  
non-market based related  
performance condition 
Fair value per granted  
instrument determined  
at the grant date 
Valuation model 

  2002 UK and 
International 
Sharesave 
  Plan 3 Year 

Save as you  
earn scheme  
01 May 2009  
1,161,087 

£1.31/£1.39 (1) 
£2.43 
3.5 
3.25 

2002 UK and 
International 
Sharesave  
Plan 5 Year 

Save as you 
earn scheme 
01 May 2009 
211,230 

£1.31/£1.39 (1) 
£2.43 
5.5 
5.25 

2002 UK and 
International 
Sharesave 
Plan 7 Year 

Save as you 
earn scheme 
01 May 2009 
6,009 

£1.31 
£2.43 
7.5 
7.25 

3 year service 
period and 
savings requirement 
Shares 
37.4% 
2.60% 
5.00% 

5 year service 
period and 
savings requirement 
Shares 
37.4% 
3.10% 
5.00% 

7 year service  
period and 
savings requirement 
Shares 
37.4% 
3.40% 
5.00% 

2005 
Long Term 
Incentive 
Plan 

Share award 
plan 
14 April 2009 
1,269,941 

n/a 
£1.92 
4 
4 
Relative TSR 
performance against 
comparator group 
and 3 year  
service period 
Shares 
44.0% 
n/a 
n/a 

2005 
Deferred 
Bonus Plan

Share award 
plan
14 April 2009
13,575 Basic/ 
13,575 Matching
n/a
£1.92
4
4

3 year service 
period and relative 
TSR performance for 
matching awards
Shares
44.0%
n/a
n/a

5% 

n/a 

5% 

n/a 

5% 

n/a 

5% 

n/a 

0%

n/a

£0.99/£0.94 (1) 
Black Scholes 

£0.95/£0.91 (1) 
Black Scholes 

£0.91 
Black Scholes 

£0.24 
Monte Carlo 

£1.92/£0.24 (3)
 Monte Carlo (4)

(1)  For the Sharesave 3 Year and 5 Year awards, the exercise price for awards made to US employees was different from those granted to European employees.  

The first figure represents options granted to European employees while the second figure relates to options granted to employees in the US. 

(2)  The expected volatility is based on historical volatility determined by the analysis of daily share price over a period commensurate with the expected lifetime of the 
award and ending on the date of grant of the award. Due to significant fluctuations in Vitec’s share price during the year a uniform rate has been used for all the 
SAYE options as a reasonable estimate of volatility going forward. 

(3) Represents fair value for basic and matched award respectively.

(4)  For the LTIP and DBP matched award, a Monte Carlo simulation has been used. Under this valuation method, the share price for Vitec is projected to the end 
of the performance period as is the Total Shareholder Return for Vitec and the companies in the comparator group. Based on these projections, the number of 
awards that will vest is determined. Thousands of simulations are run and the fair value of the award is calculated as the product of the vesting probability and  
the share price at the date of grant. 

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          83

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Accounts continued

27b Post-employment obligations 
Defined benefit plans – pensions and other post-retirement plan disclosures
The Group has defined benefit pension plans in the UK, Italy, Germany and Japan. The UK and Italian pension plans are significant,  
and are individually disclosed below after the Group disclosures. 

2009 
£m 

26.8 
9.5 
4.7 
41.0 
(52.0) 
(11.0) 

2009 
£m 

(6.1) 
(6.1) 
(2.4) 
(2.5) 
(4.9) 
(11.0) 

2008 
£m

21.9
8.8
4.1
34.8
(40.7)
(5.9)

2008 
£m

(0.4)
(0.4)
(3.4)
(2.1)
(5.5)
(5.9)

2009 
£m  

2008 
£m

2.4 
1.1 
3.5 

(2.2) 
2.2 
- 
3.5 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

41.0 
(52.0) 
(11.0) 
(6.1) 
- 

34.8 
(40.7) 
(5.9) 
(1.8) 
(0.1) 

44.4 
(47.2) 
(2.8) 
2.5 
(0.4) 

42.5 
(47.5) 
(5.0) 
2.2 
- 

2.8
0.8
3.6

(3.1)
2.5
(0.6)
3.0

2005

38.9
(46.4)
(7.5)
0.5
0.1

Amounts recognised on the Group balance sheet 

Plan assets 
Equities 
Bonds 
Other 
Total fair value of plan assets 
Present value of defined benefit obligation 
Net (deficit) recognised in the Group balance sheet 

Analysis of net recognised deficit 

UK pension fund 
Total funded plans 
Italian pension scheme 
Other unfunded plans 
Total unfunded plans 
Liability recognised on the Group balance sheet 

Amounts recognised in the Group Income Statement

Amounts in net operating costs 
Current service costs – defined benefit schemes 
Employers’ pension costs – defined contribution schemes 

Amounts in net financial expense 
Expected return on plan assets 
Interest cost 

Total amounts charged to the Income Statement 

Movements since 2005 on defined benefit schemes 

Plan assets 
Defined benefit obligation 
Total deficit 
Net actuarial gain/(loss) 
Experience gain/(loss) 

84          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UK pension scheme
At the end of 2003 the Group closed both of its UK defined benefit schemes to new members. Since 2004 a Group personal pension 
plan has been made available for new employees with Standard Life. In November 2005 the defined benefit schemes were merged.  
As at 31 December 2009 the number of active members in the merged scheme was 18% lower at 130 (2008: 158). Total scheme 
members were 645 (2008: 643).

The nature of the scheme is a funded final salary scheme, closed to new entrants.

1) Assumptions used to determine defined benefit obligation

  31 Dec 2009  31 Dec 2008  31 Dec 2007  31 Dec 2006 
% pa

% pa 

% pa 

% pa 

Inflation rate 
Expected rate of salary increases (1) 
Rate of increase of pensions in payment (2) 

- pre-1 August 2008 accruals in excess of GMP 
- post-31 July 2008 accruals 
Rate of increase for deferred pensions 
Discount rate 

3.6 
5.1 

3.6 
2.5 
3.6 
5.7 

2.8 
4.3 

2.8 
2.5 
2.8 
6.3 

3.3 
5.3 

3.3 
n/a 
3.3 
5.8 

3.0
5.0

3.0
n/a
3.0
5.2

(1) These exclude an age-related allowance for promotional and merit awards.

(2) In addition, we have made allowance for the special pension increase guarantees applying to certain executive members of the scheme.

The assumptions relating to longevity underlying the pension liabilities at the balance sheet date are based on standard actuarial 
mortality tables and include an allowance for future improvements in longevity. The assumptions are equivalent to expected longevity  
at age 65 for members in normal health approximately as follows:
  - Pensioners currently aged 65: ranging from 20 to 24 years 
  - Non-pensioners currently aged 45: ranging from 22 years to 26 years.

The rates of return quoted are based on actual market yields for bonds. The assumed rates of return on other asset classes where 
market rates of return are not readily available – including, most importantly, equities – are based on the central 10 year median return 
assumptions. We have assumed for this purpose that returns on overseas equities will be the same as on UK equities.

2) Scheme assets and expected rate of return
A summary of the assets of the scheme, classified into the major asset classes, is shown below, together with the expected return  
on each major asset class.

Expected 
long term 
rate of 
return at 
  31 Dec 2009  31 Dec 2009  31 Dec 2008  31 Dec 2008  31 Dec 2007  31 Dec 2007  31 Dec 2006  31 Dec 2006 
% pa

Expected 
long term 
rate of 
return at 

Expected 
long term 
rate of 
return at 

Expected 
long term 
rate of 
return at 

Fair 
value at 

Fair 
value at 

Fair 
value at 

Fair 
value at 

% pa 

% pa 

% pa 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

Equities 
Bonds 
Property 
Cash/NCA 
Insurance policies 
Total value of assets 

26.8 
9.5 
1.3 
2.8 
0.6 
41.0 

8.0 
4.7 
7.7 
5.7 
5.7 

21.9 
8.8 
1.5 
2.0 
0.6 
34.8 

8.2 
4.4 
6.9 
3.8 
6.3 

29.5 
11.3 
1.9 
1.0 
0.7 
44.4 

8.0 
4.8 
6.7 
5.2 
5.8 

29.6 
10.3 
2.1 
- 
0.5 
42.5 

7.8
4.7
6.2
4.8
5.2

Note: the asset values shown are, where relevant, estimated bid values of market securities.

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Accounts continued

27b Post-employment obligations continued
3) Reconciliation of funded status at 31 December 2009

Present value of defined benefit obligation 
Assets at fair value  

Funded status 
Unrecognised past service cost 
Unrecognised net “gain/(loss)” 
Effect of asset ceiling 
Defined benefit “asset (liability)”  

4) Pension expense for year to 31 December 2009

i) Components of pension expense 

Group service cost 
Interest cost 
Expected return on assets 
Past service costs 
Curtailments 
Settlements 
Total pension expense (income) 

ii) Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (CSOCE)

  31 Dec 2009  31 Dec 2008  31 Dec 2007  31 Dec 2006 
£m

£m 

£m 

£m 

(47.1) 
41.0 

(6.1) 
- 
- 
- 
(6.1) 

(35.2) 
34.8 

(0.4) 
- 
- 
- 
(0.4) 

(43.2) 
44.4 

1.2 
- 
- 
- 
1.2 

(43.5)
42.5

(1.0)
-
-
-
(1.0)

  Year ending   Year ending 
  31 Dec 2009  31 Dec 2008 
 £m

£m 

1.0 
2.1 
(2.2) 
(0.1) -
- -
- -
0.8 

1.5
2.5
(3.1)

0.9

  Year ending   Year ending  Year ending  Year ending 
  31 Dec 2009  31 Dec 2008  31 Dec 2007  31 Dec 2006 
£m

 £m 

£m 

£m 

Actuarial “gain/(loss)” recognised in CSOCE during the year 

Cumulative actuarial “gain/(loss)” recognised at beginning of year 
Cumulative actuarial “gain/(loss)” recognised at end of year 

(5.8) 

2.8 
(3.0) 

(1.8) 

4.6 
2.8 

2.1 

2.5 
4.6 

2.0

0.5
2.5

Note: the cumulative actuarial “gains/(losses)” shown reflect periods since 1 January 2006 only.

5) Return on assets for year to 31 December 2009

Expected return on assets 
Actuarial “gain/(loss)” on assets  
Actual return on assets  

86          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

  Year ending   Year ending 
  31 Dec 2009  31 Dec 2008 
 £m

£m 

2.2 
4.4 
6.6 

3.1
(12.5)
(9.4)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6) Reconciliation of present value of defined benefit obligation (DBO) for the year to 31 December 2009

Present value of DBO at start of year 
Group service cost 
Interest cost 
Employee contributions 
Actuarial (gain)/loss on change of assumptions 
Experience (gain)/loss 
Actual benefit payments and expenses 
Past service costs 
Curtailments 
Settlements 
Present value of DBO at end of year 

7) Reconciliation of the fair value of assets for the year to 31 December 2009

Fair value of assets at start of year 
Expected return on assets  
Actuarial gain/(loss) on plan assets 
Group contributions 
Employee contributions 
Actual benefit payments 
Administration expenses paid 
Curtailments 
Settlements 
Fair value of assets at end of year 

8) Reconciliation of change in funded status for the year to 31 December 2009

  31 Dec 2009  31 Dec 2008 
 £m

£m 

35.2 
1.0 
2.1 
0.4 
10.2 
- 
(1.7) 
(0.1) -
- -
- -
47.1 

43.2
1.5
2.5
0.4
(10.5)
(0.2)
(1.7)

35.2

  31 Dec 2009  31 Dec 2008 
 £m

£m 

34.8 
2.2 
4.4 
0.9 
0.4 
(1.4) 
(0.3) 
- -
- -
41.0 

44.4
3.1
(12.5)
1.1
0.4
(1.5)
(0.2)

34.8

Year to  

Year to 
  31 Dec 2009  31 Dec 2008 
 £m

£m 

Defined benefit asset (liability) at start of year  
Total pension (expense)/income 
Employer contributions actually paid 
Benefits paid directly by Group 
Gain/(loss) recognised in CSOCE 
Gain/(loss) due to exchange rate movements 
Defined benefit asset (liability) at end of year   

(0.4) 
(0.8) 
0.9 
- -
(5.8) 
- -
(6.1) 

1.2
(0.9)
1.1

(1.8)

(0.4)

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Accounts continued

27b Post-employment obligations continued
9) Expected 2010 contributions 

Group contributions 
Employee contributions 

Year 
commencing 
1 Jan 2010 
£m

0.9
0.3

Italian pension provision
In accordance with Italian law, Italian employees are entitled to a lump sum payment (TFR) from their employers when they  
resign or retire.

The TFR is accrued over the years in which the employee is in service. Each year, the accrued amount is increased by 6.91% of  
the employee’s gross annual salary. At the end of each year, the employee’s TFR’s are revalued by 1.5% plus 75% of the national 
increase in the consumer price index (as published by the Italian National Statistical Institute ISTAT).

When an employee leaves the company, he is entitled to his total TFR. The company is then not liable for any further pension obligations  
in respect of that employee. After eight years of service, an employee can ask his employer to advance up to 70% of his total TFR.  
If so, the employee will receive the remaining balance of the TFR when the employee leaves the company.

Prior to 1st January 2007, Italian companies were not required to fund employees’ TFRs until they left the company. Therefore most 
Italian companies (including the Group’s Italian companies) accounted for employees’ TFRs as an unfunded liability.

From 1st January 2007, Italian companies were required to pay monthly payments relating to employees’ TFRs either into the  
National Social Security Pension Fund (Fondo Tesoreria INPS) or into private pension funds, depending on the choice of the  
employee. The relevant pension fund then pays to the employee the portion of their TFR that relates to service after 1st January 2007. 
Italian companies are still required to pay employees the portion of their TFR that relates to service prior to 1st January 2007. 

The International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) of IASB (International Accounting Standard Board) has 
established that, in accordance with IAS 19, TFRs must be accounted for as defined benefit pension schemes and the present  
value of the TFRs must be computed using actuarial assumptions.

Assumptions used to determine defined benefit obligation:

Inflation rate 
Expected rate of salary increases 
Expected salary increase on promotion 
Discount rate 

Pension expense for year to 31 December 2009 

Service cost 
Interest cost 
Total 

88          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

2009 

2008

2% 
0% 
0% 
4.50% 

2%
0%
0%
4.30%

2009 
£m 

1.0 
0.1 -
1.1 

2008 
£m

1.1

1.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Actuarial gain/loss in CSOCE 

Recognised in year 

Reconciliation of present value of defined benefit obligation for the year to 31 December 2009 

Brought forward 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Actuarial gain/(loss) 
Contributions paid 
Foreign exchange gain/(loss) 
Carried forward 

2009  
£m 

(0.1) -

2009  
£m 

(3.4) 
(1.0) 
(0.1) -
(0.1) -
1.9 
0.3 
(2.4) 

2008 
£m

2008  
£m

(2.8)
(1.1)

1.3
(0.8)
(3.4)

28 Post balance sheet event 
The financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board on 1 March 2010. There were no events after the balance sheet  
date that required disclosure.

29 Accounting estimates and judgements  
Management discussed with the Audit Committee the development, selection and disclosure of the Group’s critical accounting 
policies and estimates and the application of these policies and estimates.  

Key sources of estimation uncertainty 
Note 2 and Note 14 contain information about the assumptions and their risk factors relating to goodwill impairment. In Note 19  
detailed analysis is given of the foreign exchange exposure of the Group and risks in relation to foreign exchange movements. 

Provisions for trade receivables impairment 
A number of accounting estimates and judgements are incorporated within the impairment provisions for trade receivables.  
These are described in more detail in Note 2, Trade and other receivables.  

Provisions for inventory obsolescence 
A number of accounting estimates and judgements are incorporated within the provisions for inventory obsolescence.  
These are described in more detail in Note 2, Inventories. 

Warranty provisions 
A number of accounting estimates and judgements are incorporated within the provisions for warranty.  
These are described in more detail in Note 23. 

Share based payments 
A number of accounting estimates and judgements are incorporated within the provisions for share based payments.  
These are described in more detail in Note 27a.

Post-employment obligations
A number of accounting estimates and judgements are incorporated within the provisions for post-employment obligations.  
These are described in more detail in Note 27b. 

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Accounts continued

30 Related party transactions
Identity of related parties 
The Group has a related party relationship with its subsidiaries (principal subsidiaries are listed in Note 15 on page 68), with its key 
management personnel and directors of subsidiary entities.

Transactions with directors of subsidiaries
Abramo Manfrotto is a director of Vitecgroup Italia Spa and is also Managing Director of Alu Spa (disposed of by the Group in December 
2003). Sales of Gruppo Manfrotto products and services to Alu in 2009 totalled e250,038, £223,328 (2008: e479,125, £379,055). At 31 
December 2009, there was e79,629, £71,218 outstanding, payable by Alu Spa (2008: e118,428, £93,693). Purchases of Alu products 
and services by Gruppo Manfrotto companies in 2009 totalled e14,313, £12,801 (2008: e26,867, £21,256). At 31 December 2009, 
there was e3,621, £3,239 outstanding and payable to Alu Spa (2008: e4,568, £3,614). 

Warren Parece, who was Operations Manager of the RF Extreme business unit during 2009, is the owner of WJP LLC, the landlord at 
15 Thornton Avenue, Haverhill, Massachusetts from which Microwave Service Corporation operates. The lease term expires 30 June 
2012. In 2009, the total value of the transaction was $90,000, £57,630 (2008: $102,201, £55,232). At 31 December 2009, there were 
no amounts outstanding and payable to WJP LLC.

Craig Schiller is General Manager of Bexel Broadcast Services and also inventor of a computer-based process named Sharp Shot which 
allows still photographs taken at sporting events to be developed and transmitted rapidly, so that they can be used as an ancillary visual 
component of broadcasts. Although Sharp Shot is only indirectly related to Bexel’s main broadcast rental business, it does give Bexel 
leverage advantages. Sharp Shot was provided to The NFL Network during its 2007-08 season, aided by Craig Schiller and also Bexel’s 
equipment and staff. Bexel compensated Craig Schiller, in this initial case, for his efforts and his inventor’s role by paying him a standard 
technician’s amount for the time that he worked on this project. Those payments to Craig Schiller in 2008 totalled $12,000, £6,485. 
Bexel and Craig Schiller entered into a contract that makes Bexel the exclusive provider of Bexel-owned ancillary gear, for at least three 
years, to a company founded by Craig Schiller, which now offers Sharp Shot to the NFL and possibly will expand to other customers 
going forward. No payments were made in 2009 in regards to this contract and there are currently no pending projects that will utilise 
Sharp Shot, although we expect that the NFL will want to use it again during future seasons. 

Craig Schiller is also owner of Broadcast Accessories, a company from which Bexel rents equipment. In 2009, payments for rental 
of equipment totalled $23,114, £14,801 (2008: $24,204, £13,080). At 31 December 2009, there was $1,372, £878 outstanding and 
payable to Broadcast Accessories (2008:$15,168, £8,197).

Jeffrey Winemiller is Senior Vice President of Strategy and Business Development of the RF Extreme business unit. He is also joint 80% 
owner of PSEN LLC and PMNI LLC, companies to which RF Extreme companies provide products and services. Sales of products and 
services to PSEN LLC and PMNI LLC in 2009 totalled $21,525, £13,783 (2008: $48,570, £26,346). At 31 December 2009, there was 
$800, £512 outstanding and payable by PSEN LLC (2008: £nil). 

Jürgen Sommer is Director of Business Development of Camera Dynamics GmbH and brother of the owner of Sommer Kommunikation, 
a company which provides marketing material and services to Camera Dynamics GmbH. Sales of products and services to Camera 
Dynamics GmbH in 2009 totalled e205,000, £183,347 (2008: e200,000, £158,228). At 31 December 2009, there were no amounts 
outstanding (2008: £nil).

Stefano Finessi is EMEA Sales Director of Camera Dynamics GmbH and son and nephew-in-law of Alberto and Ermanno Fumagalli who 
rent office space in Milan to a Camera Dynamics operation. Rent paid to Alberto and Ermanno Fumagalli in 2009 totalled e5,400, £4,830 
(2008: e5,200, £4,114). At 31 December 2009, there were no amounts outstanding (2008: £nil). 

Greg Cooney is Managing Director of Manfrotto Distribution UK. Mr Cooney’s son, Philip, provides office cleaning services to Manfrotto 
Distribution UK. During 2009, £5,270 was paid to Philip Cooney in respect of these services (2008: £4,690). At 31 December 2009, 
there was £nil outstanding and payable (2008: £nil).

90          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

Transactions with key management personnel
Key management personnel are classed as the directors (including the non-executive directors) and the members of the Operations 
Executive. The Group Chief Executive, Stephen Bird, and the Group Finance Director, Richard Cotton, are directors of the Company 
and are also members of the Operations Executive. Alastair Hewgill was a director of the Company and a member of the Operations 
Executive during the year. However, for the purposes of the following paragraphs and to avoid double counting, their interests and 
remuneration have been excluded from the information relating to the Operations Executive.

Executive directors of the Company and their immediate relatives control 0.101% (2008: 0.355%) of the shares of the Company.  
Non-executive directors control 0.143% (2008: 0.119%). Members of the Operations Executive control 0.25% (2008: 0.280%) of  
the shares of the Company.

The remuneration of the directors is set out on pages 28 to 35. The remuneration of the members of the Operations Executive in 2009 
was: salaries £905,404 (2008: £923,512); performance-related bonuses £343,577 (2008: £254,313); short term employee benefits 
(company car and medical insurance) £60,660 (2008: £68,239).

In addition to their salaries, the aggregate of which is set out above, the Group also contributes to a number of pension arrangements, 
each one specific to the country in which the individual member of the Operations Executive is based. Members of the Operations 
Executive and the executive directors are eligible to participate in the Group’s executive bonus scheme and its share incentive 
arrangements. The cost to the Company in 2009 arising from share incentive awards was £629,000 (2008: £986,000). 

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          91

 
 
 
Notes 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m

g 
h 

i 

j 

j 

k 
l 
l 
l 
l 
l 

1.4  
319.3  
320.7  

3.0  
5.7  
8.7  
(11.9) 
(3.2) 
317.5  
(117.1) 
200.4  

 8.6  
 9.0  
1.6  
0.9  
53.7  
126.6  
200.4  

1.6 
330.2 
331.8 

 7.9 
10.3 
18.2 
(13.2)
5.0 
336.8 
(140.8)
196.0 

 8.5 
 7.5 
1.6 
0.9 
53.7 
123.8 
196.0 

Company Balance Sheet
 As at 31 December 2009

Fixed assets 
Tangible assets 
Investments 

Current assets 
Debtors 
Cash at bank and in hand 

Creditors - due within one year 
Net current assets/(liabilities) 
Total assets less current liabilities 
Creditors - due after more than one year 
Net assets 

Capital and reserves 
Called up share capital 
Share premium account 
Capital redemption reserve 
Revaluation reserve 
Merger and other reserves 
Profit and loss account 
Shareholders’ funds - equity 

Approved by the Board on 1 March 2010 and signed on its behalf. 

Richard Cotton 
Group Finance Director

The Vitec Group plc 
Registered in England no. 227691

92          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of Movements  
in Shareholders’ Funds   
 For the year ended 31 December 2009 

Profit for the financial year 
Dividends 

Retained profit for the year 
Equity settled transactions 
Reserve for own shares 
New share capital subscribed 

Net increase in shareholders’ funds 
Opening shareholders’ funds 
Closing shareholders’ funds 

2009 
£m 

11.2  
(7.8) 

3.4  
0.7  
(0.6) 
0.9  

4.4  
196.0 
200.4 

2008 
£m

 6.7 
(7.7)

(1.0)
0.8 
 - 
0.6 

0.4 
195.6
196.0

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company Accounts

a) Basis of presentation   
The accounts have been prepared in accordance with applicable accounting standards and under the historical cost accounting rules 
modified to include the revaluation of certain land and buildings.

Under Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company is exempt from the requirement to present its own profit and loss account.

Under FRS 1 the Company is exempt from the requirement to present a cash flow statement on the grounds that this is included in  
the Group consolidated accounts. 

b) Accounting policies 
The following accounting policies have been applied consistently in dealing with items which are considered material in relation to the 
financial statements. 

Fixed assets and depreciation 
Depreciation is provided to write off the cost or valuation of the relevant assets less the estimated residual value of tangible fixed assets 
by equal annual amounts over their expected useful economic lives. No depreciation is provided on freehold land. Other fixed assets  
are depreciated as follows:   

Freehold buildings  
Short leasehold property 
Motor vehicles 
Equipment, fixtures and fittings 

21/2% – 5% on cost or valuation 
over the remaining period of the lease 
25% – 331/3% on cost 
10% – 331/3% on cost 

Fixed assets are stated at cost except that, as allowed under FRS 15 Tangible Fixed Assets, on adoption of that standard in the year 
ending 31 December 2000 when the book amounts of revalued land and buildings were retained. These book values are based on  
the previous revaluation on 31 March 1989 and have not been subsequently revalued. 

Foreign currencies 
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded using the monthly average rate of exchange ruling at the date of the transaction.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet  
date and the gains or losses on translation are included in the profit and loss account.  

Leases
Rentals under operating leases are charged to the profit and loss account on a straight line basis. 

Post-retirement benefits   
The Company participates in a UK group pension scheme providing benefits based on both final pensionable salary and on  
contributions paid.  

The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the Company.  

The Company is unable to identify its share of the underlying assets and liabilities of the scheme on a consistent and reasonable basis 
and therefore, as required by FRS 17 Retirement Benefits accounts for the scheme as if it were a defined contribution scheme. 

As a result, the amount charged to the profit and loss account represents the contributions payable to the scheme in the year.

Taxation  
The charge for taxation is based on the profit for the year and takes into account taxation deferred because of timing differences 
between the treatment of certain items for taxation and accounting purposes. 

94          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employee share schemes  
The share option programme allows employees to acquire shares of the Company. The fair value of options granted is recognised as an 
employee expense with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is measured at grant date and spread over the period during 
which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the options. 

For cash settled share based payment transactions the fair value of the amount payable to the employee is recognised as an expense 
with a corresponding increase in liabilities. Where the expense of the option relates to an employee of another Group entity, this cost is 
recharged to that entity. 

Dividends in shares presented within shareholders’ funds 
Dividends unpaid at the balance sheet date are not recognised as a liability at that date. Unpaid dividends that do not meet these criteria 
are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. 

Investments
Fixed asset investments are stated individually at cost less, where appropriate, provision for impairment in value.  

Financial instruments
Financial instruments have been recognised in accordance with Group accounting policies. Derivative financial instruments have had 
no financial impact on these accounts due to equal and opposite internal instruments written with certain of the Company’s operating 
subsidiaries.

Derivatives are recognised initially at cost, and subsequent to initial recognition at fair value. The fair value of forward and option 
exchange contracts is their quoted market price at the balance sheet date.

Derivatives are de-recognised when they mature or are sold.

The gain or loss on re-measurement to fair value is recognised immediately in the profit and loss account unless the derivatives  
qualify for hedge accounting (see also Note 19 of the Consolidated Accounts).

Hedge of monetary assets and liabilities 
Where a derivative is used to hedge economically the foreign exchange exposure of a recognised monetary asset or liability,  
no hedge accounting is applied and any gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in the profit and loss account.

Hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation 
The portion of the gain or loss on an instrument used to hedge a net investment in a foreign operation that is determined to be  
an effective hedge is recognised directly in equity. The ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the profit and loss account.  
The effective portion will be recycled into the profit and loss account if the foreign operation is sold. 

The following amendments to existing standards are not yet effective:

- amendment to FRS 25 Financial Instruments Presentation (mandatory for periods starting on or after 1 January 2010); 
-  amendment to FRS 20 (IFRS 2) Group Cash-settled Share based Payment (mandatory for periods starting on or after  

1 January 2010).

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company Accounts continued

c) Employees 

Aggregate remuneration of all employees during the year 

Wages and salaries 
Employers’ social security costs 
Employers’ pension costs 

Average number of employees during the year 

2009 
£m 

2.2 
0.2 
0.2 
2.6 

2009 

16 

2008 
£m

1.9
0.2
0.3
2.4

2008

14

d) Directors’ remuneration 
The emoluments, share options, awards under incentive schemes and pension entitlements of the directors are disclosed  in the 
Remuneration Report.

e) Dividends 

The aggregate amount of dividends comprises: 

Final dividends paid in respect of prior year but not recognised as liabilities in that year 
Interim dividends paid in respect of the current year 
Aggregate amount of dividends paid in the financial year    

A final 2009 dividend of 10.9p per share has been recommended by the Board. 

2009 
£m 

4.7 
3.1 
7.8  

2008  
£m

4.6 
3.1 
 7.7 

f) Pensions 
The Company is a member of a larger UK group wide pension scheme providing benefits based both on final pensionable pay and on 
contributions. Because the Company is unable to identify its share of the scheme assets and liabilities on a consistent and reasonable 
basis, as permitted by FRS 17 Retirement Benefits, the scheme has been accounted for in these financial statements as if the scheme 
was a defined contribution scheme. At 31 December 2009, the UK scheme had a deficit of £6.1 million (2008: £0.4 million surplus).

The contributions paid by the Company in the year amounted to £0.2 million (2008: £0.3 million). The expected Company contributions 
in 2010 are £0.2 million.

Further details of the UK pension scheme are disclosed on pages 84 to 89. 

96          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
g) Tangible fixed assets 

Cost or valuation 
At 1 January 2009 
Disposals 
At 31 December 2009 

Depreciation 
At 1 January 2009 
Disposals 
Charge for the year 
At 31 December 2009 

Net book value 
At 1 January 2009 
At 31 December 2009 

Net book value of land and buildings at cost or valuation comprise the following 
Carried at valuation (open market basis - 31 March 1989) 
Freehold 

Total 
£m 

Land and 
buildings 
£m 

  Equipment 
fixtures and 
fittings 
£m

Motor 
vehicles 
£m 

3.6 
(0.3) 
3.3 

2.0 
(0.3) 
0.2 
1.9 

1.6 
1.4 

3.0 
- 
3.0 

1.5 
- 
0.1 
1.6 

1.5 
1.4 

0.1 
- 
0.1 

0.1 
- 
- 
0.1 

- 
- 

2009 
£m 

1.4 
1.4 

0.5
(0.3)
0.2

0.4
(0.3)
0.1
0.2

0.1
-

2008 
£m

1.5 
1.5 

The land and buildings shown above at a re-valued net book value of £1.4 million would have been stated under historical cost at 
£0.7 million and a net book value of £0.1 million. 

The revalued amount of the land and buildings has been retained as allowed for by the transitional provisions set out in FRS 15  
Tangible Fixed Assets. 

The Company had the following annual commitments under operating leases: 

Expiring in two to five years 

Land and buildings

2009 
£m 

0.1 

2008 
£m

0.1

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company Accounts continued

Investment 
in other 
shares 
£m 

212.4  
 - 
212.4  

Total 
£m 

335.9  
(10.9) 
325.0  

Loans 
£m

123.5 
(10.9)
112.6 

5.7  

5.7  

 -

330.2  
319.3  

206.7  
206.7  

123.5 
112.6 

2009 
£m 

0.7  
0.7  
1.4  
0.2  
3.0  

2009 
£m 

1.6  
7.2  
1.4  
0.1  
1.6  
11.9  

2008 
£m

0.1 
1.0 
 6.7 
0.1 
 7.9 

2008 
£m

4.2 
0.1 
 6.7 
0.5 
1.7 
13.2 

52.7  
64.4  
117.1  

 64.9 
 75.9 
140.8 

h) Fixed asset investments 

Investments at cost or written down value 

Cost 
At 1 January 2009 
Transfers to investments/loan reductions 
At 31 December 2009 

Provision 
At 1 January 2009 and 31 December 2009    

Net Book Value 
At 1 January 2009 
At 31 December 2009 

i) Debtors 

Amounts falling due within one year 
Amounts owed by subsidiaries 
Other debtors 
Derivative financial instruments - forward and option exchange contracts 
Prepayments and accrued income 

j) Creditors 

Amounts falling due within one year 
Bank overdrafts (unsecured) 
Amounts owed to subsidiaries 
Derivative financial instruments - forward and option exchange contracts 
Other creditors 
Accruals and deferred income 

Amounts falling due after more than one year 
Bank loans (unsecured) 
Amounts owed to subsidiaries 

98          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
k) Share capital   
The authorised share capital at 31 December 2009 consisted of 100,000,000 (2008: 65,000,000) ordinary shares of 20p each, of which 
42,949,175 were allotted and fully paid. The authorised share capital was increased following approval at the Annual General Meeting on 
19 May 2009. The movement in issued share capital during the year was:   

At 1 January 2009 
Exercise of share options 
At 31 December 2009 

* Restated following a prior year correction 

i) Share based payments 
Details of the share based payments can be found on pages 80 to 83.

ii) Share option schemes 
Details of the share option schemes can be found on pages 80 to 83.

  Issued share 
 capital £m

Shares 

 42,523,056* 
426,119 
  42,949,175 

8.5
0.1
8.6

l) Reserves 

At 1 January 2009 
Premium on new shares issued 
Profit for the year 
Own shares (Treasury) purchased 
Dividends paid 
Own shares (Employee benefit trust) purchased 
Equity settled transactions 
At 31 December 2009 

Share 
premium 
account 
£m 

Capital 

redemption  Revaluation 
reserve  
£m 

reserve 
£m 

Merger 
reserve 
£m 

Other 
reserves 
£m 

7.5  
0.8  
 - 
0.7  
 - 
- 
- 
9.0  

1.6  
 - 
 - 
- 
 - 
- 
 - 
1.6  

0.9  
 - 
 - 
- 
 - 
-  
 - 
0.9  

 9.7  
 - 
 - 
- 
 - 
- 
 - 
 9.7  

44.0  
 - 
 - 
- 
 - 
- 
 - 
44.0  

Profit 
and loss 
account 
£m

123.8 
 -
11.2 
(0.7)
(7.8)
(0.6)
0.7 
126.6 

Other reserves represents the capitalisation of the share premium account, £22.7 million in 1989 and £37.3 million in 1995, 
less £16.0 million of share repurchases in 1995.

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Notes to the Company Accounts continued

m) Financial instruments  
a) Financial liabilities
i) Analysis of borrowings 

Bank overdraft 
Bank loans  
Gross financial liabilities 

ii) Maturity profile   

Within one year or less 
More than two years but not more than five years 

The total amount of bank loans and overdrafts any part of which falls due after five years is £nil (2008: £nil).

The Company had the following undrawn borrowing facilities at the end of the period: 

Expiring in one year or less 
- uncommitted facilities 

More than two years but not more than five years 

- committed facilities 

Total 

2009 
£m 

1.6  
52.7  
54.3  

2009 
£m 

1.6  
52.7  
54.3  

2008 
£m

4.2 
 64.9 
 69.1 

2008 
£m

4.2 
 64.9 
 69.1

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m

15.0  

15.0 

 72.3  
 87.3  

 60.1 
 75.1 

On 8 August 2008 the Company signed a five year £125 million Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility Agreement with a syndicate of  
five UK and European banks.

iii) Interest rate profile 

Currency 

Yen 
US Dollar 
Euro 
Sterling 
At 31 December 2009 

Yen 
US Dollar 
Euro 
Sterling 
At 31 December 2008 

The floating rate borrowings comprise bank loans bearing interest at rates based on LIBOR.   

  Floating rate  
Total  borrowings 
£m

£m 

2.3  
30.4  
11.6  
10.0  
54.3  

3.1  
28.7  
20.3  
17.0  
69.1  

2.3 
30.4 
11.6 
10.0 
54.3 

3.1 
28.7 
20.3 
17.0 
 69.1 

100          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
b) Financial assets  

Currency 

Sterling 
Euro 
Yen 

  Floating rate   Floating rate  
2008 
£m

2009 
£m 

5.4  
0.3  
 - 
5.7  

10.2 
 - 
0.1 
10.3 

The floating rate financial assets comprise bank balances bearing interest at rates based on local money market rates. 

Sterling, US Dollar, Euro and Yen balances within the UK can be offset as a result of the Group’s Balance Offset Agreement with  
HSBC Bank plc.

c) Fair value of financial assets and liabilities 

Cash at bank and in hand 
Bank overdraft 
Floating rate borrowings 
Forward exchange contracts - Assets 
Forward exchange contracts - Liabilities 
Option exchange contracts - Assets  
Option exchange contracts - Liabilities 

Fair value  
and 
book value  
2009 
£m 

Fair value 
and 
book value 
2008 
£m

5.7  
(1.6) 
(52.7) 
1.2  
(1.2) 
0.2  
(0.2) 
(48.6) 

10.3 
(4.2)
(64.9)
5.4 
(5.4)
1.3 
(1.3)
(58.8)

Market rates have been used to determine fair values. 

The Company has equal and opposite internal foreign exchange contracts matching the external foreign exchange contracts the 
Company has taken out with financial institutions. 

Estimation of fair values 
The following summarises the major methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of financial instruments reflected  
in the table. 

Derivatives 
Forward exchange contracts are marked to market by calculating the contractual forward price and deducting the current spot rate. 
Options and exchange contracts are marked to market by obtaining quotes from banks of their market value as at 31 December 2009. 

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company Accounts continued

m) Financial instruments continued 
i) Maturity profile of derivatives 

Forward exchange contracts - Assets 
Forward exchange contracts - Liabilities 
Option exchange contracts - Assets 
Option exchange contracts - Liabilities 

Forward exchange contracts - Assets 
Forward exchange contracts - Liabilities 
Option exchange contracts - Assets 
Option exchange contracts - Liabilities 

2009 
  Within one  
  year or less 
£m

1.5 
(0.3)
0.2 
 - 
1.4 

2008 
£m

0.7 
(6.1)
- 
(1.3)
(6.7)

The Group’s foreign exchange hedging policy is set out in the Financial Review. 

Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
All interest bearing loans and borrowings are at floating rates. Therefore, the fair value of these loans and borrowings is their carrying value.

n)  Related party transactions
As the results of the Company are being presented together with its consolidated financial statements, the Company has taken 
advantage of the extension contained in FRS 8 and has, therefore, not disclosed transactions or balances with entities which form  
part of the Group.

o) Post balance sheet events
The financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board on 1 March 2010. There were no events after the balance sheet  
date that required disclosure.

102          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Five Year Financial Summary
 Year ended 31 December 2009

Revenue 
Operating profit before significant items 
Net interest on bank borrowings 
Other financial income/(expense) 
Profit before tax and significant items 

Cash generated from operating activities 
Net interest paid 
Tax paid 
Operating cashflow 
Net capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment and intangible assets excluding goodwill   
Free cash flow (1) 

Capital employed 
Intangible fixed assets 
Tangible fixed assets 
Investment in equity-accounted investment    
Other net assets 

Financed by 
Shareholders’ funds - equity 
Net debt 
Deferred tax 

Statistics 
Operating profit (%) before significant items   
Effective tax rate (%) before significant items 
Adjusted basic earnings per share (p)(2) 
Basic earnings per share (p) 
Dividends per share (p) 
Year-end mid-market share price (p) 

2009 
£m 

315.1 
24.5 
(1.6) 
(0.2) 
22.7 

42.8 
(2.1) 
(4.3) 
36.4 
(13.7) 
22.7 

58.2 
54.6 
- 
21.9 
134.7 

111.2 
40.6 
(17.1) 
134.7 

7.8 
31.7 
36.5 
7.5 
18.3 
389.0 

2008 
£m 

337.7 
38.4 
(3.1) 
0.1 
35.4 

44.3 
(3.6) 
(6.7) 
34.0 
(15.0) 
19.0 

71.6 
63.6 
- 
34.9 
170.1 

133.4 
53.0 
(16.3) 
170.1 

11.4 
33.9 
55.9 
48.0 
18.3 
235.5 

2007 
£m 

273.8 
32.6 
(2.6) 
0.3 
30.3 

33.8 
(3.0) 
(9.5) 
21.3 
(16.6) 
4.7 

55.5 
45.6 
1.3 
21.8 
124.2 

97.3 
38.4 
(11.5) 
124.2 

11.9 
37.0 
46.0 
44.1 
17.8 
585.0 

2006 
£m 

222.3 
25.2 
(1.4) 
0.3 
24.1 

28.7 
(1.5) 
(5.5) 
21.7 
(11.2) 
10.5 

34.1 
35.1 
0.7 
21.8 
91.7 

76.8  
18.9  
(4.0) 
91.7  

11.3 
40.0 
35.3 
32.6 
16.5 
528.5 

2005 
£m

194.9
20.0
(1.3)
(0.3)
18.4

29.8
(1.3)
(1.6)
26.9
(9.6)
17.3

19.9
33.6
-
17.8
71.3

70.6
5.4
(4.7)
71.3

10.2
42.0
26.0
23.9
15.5
375.0

(1)  Free cash flow is the cash generated from operations less interest, tax and capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment and intangible assets  

excluding goodwill.

(2) Differences between Adjusted basic and Basic earnings per share arise from significant items in the years in question. 

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009          103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholder Information and Financial Calendar

Share price information
The middle market price of a share of The Vitec Group plc on 31 
December 2009, the last dealing day of 2009, was 389p. During 
the year the share price fluctuated between 154.25p and 405p. 
The Company’s share price is available from the Group’s website  
www.vitecgroup.com, with a 15 minute delay, and from the 
Financial Times website www.ft.com with a similar delay. Up 
to date market information and the Company’s share price is 
available from the Cityline service operated by the Financial 
Times by telephoning 0906 843 0000, keying 2 for share prices 
and entering Vitec’s share code 4404.

The Company sends to its shareholders each year an Annual 
Report and copies of this and of public announcements and 
financial results are published on the Company’s website  
www.vitecgroup.com.

Financial calendar

Ex-dividend date for 2009 final dividend 

Record date for 2009 final dividend 

Annual General Meeting 

Interim management statement 

2009 final dividend payment date 

Announcement of 2010 half year results 

Proposed 2010 interim dividend payment date 

Interim management statement 

21 April 2010

23 April 2010

17 May 2010

17 May 2010

20 May 2010

August 2010

October 2010

November 2010

Analysis of shareholdings as at 31 December 2009

Shares held 

Up to 1,000 
1,001 to 5,000 
5,001 to 10,000 
10,001 to 50,000 
50,001 to 100,000 
100,001 and over 

Institutions 
and companies 
Individuals including  
directors and  
their families 

Number 
of holders 

%  
of holders 

Number 
of shares 

% 
of shares

587 
340 
81 
95 
23 
59 
1,185 

49.53 
28.69 
6.84 
8.02 
1.94 
4.98 
100.00 

237,942 
811,838 
601,464 
2,351,252 
1,632,113 
36,738,447 
42,373,056 

0.56
1.92
1.42
5.55
3.85
86.70
100.00

422 

35.61 

39,584,728 

93.42

763 
1,185 

64.39 
100.00 

2,788,328 
42,373,056 

6.58
100.00

Shareholder enquiries
For enquiries about your shareholding, such as dividends or  
lost share certificate(s), please contact the Company’s registrars, 
Capita Registrars, Northern House, Woodsome Park, Fenay 
Bridge, Huddersfield, West Yorkshire HD8 0LA, telephone  
0871 664 0300 or if calling from overseas +44 (0)20 8639 2157.

Dividend reinvestment plan
The Company in conjunction with Capita Registrars offers 
a Dividend Reinvestment Plan that enables shareholders to 
reinvest cash dividends into additional shares in the Company. 
For shareholders to apply the Final Dividend for the year 
ended 31 December 2009 to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan, 
application forms must be received by the Registrars by no later 
than 25 April 2010. Details on the Dividend Reinvestment Plan 
can be obtained from Capita Registrars on 0871 664 0381 or  
if calling from overseas +44 (0)20 8639 3402 or alternatively  
you can email them at shares@capitaregistrars.com.

Online services and electronic voting
The Company has arranged with Capita Registrars to use its 
online services. By logging on to www.capitaregistrars.com and 
selecting Portal (Shareholders) you can make a transaction or 
dividend payment enquiry, add or change a dividend mandate  
or change your registered address.

The Company will again be making use of Capita Registrars’ 
electronic voting facility. By logging on to www.capitaregistrars.
com and selecting Portal (Shareholders) you will find details of 
the 2010 Annual General Meeting including the venue and text 
of resolutions. Shareholders have the facility to vote for, against 
or withhold and can split or restrict votes, appoint the Chairman 
of the meeting or a third party as their proxy and include any 
instruction text. The facility includes CREST voting for members 
holding their shares in uncertificated form. To use the above 
facilities, shareholders will need to input a unique User ID that 
can be applied for on your first visit to the site. To be allocated 
a User ID you will need your Investor Code, which can be found 
on your dividend stationery and share certificates. User IDs 
previously issued will still be valid.

Should you experience any difficulties using these facilities 
please contact the Capita Registrars helpline on the numbers  
given above.

International dividend payment service
Overseas shareholders may wish to consider electing to receive 
their dividends in a local currency instead of in Sterling. Details  
of this facility can be obtained from Capita Registrars either by 
calling telephone 0871 664 0300 or if calling from overseas  
+44 (0)20 8639 3399, visiting www.capitaregistrars.com/
international/ or writing to Capita Registrars, The Registry,  
34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent BR3 4TU.  
Any election to receive dividends in local currency in respect  
of the Final Dividend for the year ended 31 December 2009 
payable on 20 May 2010 must be received by Capita Registrars 
no later than the record date for the final dividend, 23 April 2010.

104          The Vitec Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2009

  
 
 
The Vitec Group plc

Vitec is an international group 
principally serving customers  
in the broadcast, photographic 
and military, aerospace and 
government (MAG) markets. 
Vitec is based on strong, well 
known premium brands on 
which its customers worldwide 
rely. Vitec is organised in three 
Divisions: Imaging & Staging, 
Videocom and Services.

Imaging & Staging designs, 
manufactures and distributes 
equipment and accessories  
for professionals and keen 
amateurs in photography,  
video and events. 

Videocom designs and 
distributes systems and 
products used in broadcasting 
and live entertainment, film and 
video production and MAG.

Services provides equipment 
rental, workflow design and 
technical support for camera, 
video, audio, fibre optic and 
wireless technology used by 
TV production teams and  
film crews. 

More information can be  
found at our website:  
www.vitecgroup.com

Directors’ Report

  Highlights 

  Chairman’s Statement 

  Group Chief Executive’s Review 

  Financial Review 

Imaging & Staging Division 

  Videocom Division 

  Services Division 

 Key Performance Indicators 
and Other Measures 

  Board of Directors 

Remuneration Report  

Corporate Social Responsibility Report  

Corporate Governance  

Independent Auditors’ Report 

Consolidated Accounts 2009

  Consolidated Income Statement 

 Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income 

  Consolidated Balance Sheet 

 Consolidated Statement  
of Changes in Equity

  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows  

  Notes to the Consolidated Accounts  

Company Accounts 2009

  Company Balance Sheet 

 Reconciliation of Movements 
in Shareholders’ Funds 

  Notes to the Company Accounts 

  Five Year Financial Summary 

 Shareholder Information and 
Financial Calendar

01 

02 

04 

12 

16

18 

20

22  

24 

28 

36

40 

47 

48

49  

50

51  

52  

53  

92 

93  

94  

103

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Vitec Group plc
One Wheatfield Way
Kingston upon Thames, Surrey  
KT1 2TU United Kingdom

T +44 (0)20 8939 4650
F +44 (0)20 8939 4680

info@vitecgroup.com
www.vitecgroup.com

Registered in England no. 227691

The Vitec Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

Focused on growth

T
h
e
V
i
t
e
c
G
r
o
u
p
p
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

l

R
e
p
o
r
t

&
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

2
0
0
9

Designed by Design Motive 
Printed by Royle Print

It is important that our Annual Report is produced 
in an environmentally responsible manner. 

This Annual Report was printed by Royle Print 
Limited, a carbon-neutral printing company. It was 
originated, printed and bound on one production 
site and only required electric transportation 
between processes. Under the framework of ISO 
14001 Royle Print takes a structured approach 
to measure, improve and audit its environmental 
status on an ongoing basis. The main areas 
targeted for continual reduction arise from use 
of solvents, energy consumption and waste 
generation. The material used in this report is 
part 100% recycled and part Forest Stewardship 
Council (FSC) approved virgin fibre. Royle Print is 
also FSC chain-of-custody certified. 

When you have finished with this report please 
dispose of it in your recycled paper waste.